Smithsonian Institution, Bureau of Ethnology : [Bulletin]

Home , Amiel Weeks Whipple

Tun: AMBUlCAK'-^SroOCIATION FOR THE Ai^WiCfiWrr Oi'' SaSNCE.

S M I T H S O N I A X I X S T I T T' T I O X

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OF THE

ATHAPASCAI^ LATOUAGES

JAMES CJON8TANTINE PILLING

WASHINGTOi^^ GOVKliNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

1 8 f > 2

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR

^ '—<'

BIBLIOGRAPHY ^

or THE

ATHAPASCAN LANG

JAMES CONSTANTINE PILLING

WASHINGTON GOVKKNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 18 9 2

. :

LINGUISTIC BIBLIOGRAPHIES ISSUED BY THE BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY.

Smitlisouian institutiou —Bureau of ethnology. Catalogue of linguistic manuscripts in tlie library of the Bureau of ethnology. By James C. Pilling.

In Bureau of «;thuolo<^y first auiiual report; half-title as above p. 553, text pp. 55.5-577, Wasliingtou, 1881, royal 8- Issued separately with cover title as follows Catalogue of linguistic manuscripts in the library of the | | | | Bureau of ethnology by James C. Pilling (Extracted from the first | annual | | report of the Bureau of ethnology) [Vignette | | | | Washington Government printing office 1881 | |

Cover title as above, no inside title, half-title as under entry next above p. .553, text pp. 555-577, royal 8°. One hundred copies issued.

Title verso blank 1 1. notice (signed J. W. Powell) p. iii, preface (November 4, 1884) p]». v-viii, introduction pp. ix-x, list of authorities pp. xi-xxxvi, list of lil)raries referred to by initials pp. xxxvii-xxxviii, list of fac-similes pp. xxxix-xl, text pp. 1-839, additions and corrections pp. 841-10^0, index of languages and dialects pp. 1091-1135, plates, 4^^. Arranged alphabetically by name of author, translator, or first word of title. One hundretl and ten coiiies printed, ten of them on one side of the sheet only.

Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. prefa"e (April 20, 1887) pp. iii-v, text pp. 1-109, ciiron(dogic index pp. 111-116, 8 fac-similes, S"-. An edition of 100 copies was issued in royal 8^.

I | Washington Government printing office 1887 | |

Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface (September 1, 1887) pp. iii-v, text pp. 1-82, chronologic index pp. 83-87, 8^. Au edition of 100 coj)ies was issiied in royal 8^. in IV LINGUISTIC BIBLIOGRAPHIES, BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY.

Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface (December 15, 1888) l)p. iii-vi, text pp. 1-180, addenda pp. 181-189, chronologic index pp. 191-208, 9 fac- similes, 8°. An edition of 100 copies issued in royal 8°.

Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. preface (May 15, 1889) pp. iii-v, text pp. 1-103, chronologic index pp. 105-114, 8*^. An edition of 100 copies issued in royal 8°. Bibliographic notes on Eliot's Indian bible and on his other | | j | translations and works in the Indian language of Massachusetts | | Extract from a "Bibliography of the Algonquian languages"] [Vignette] | Washington Government printing office 1890 | |

Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-58, 21 fac similes, royal 8'-^. Forms pp. 127-184 of the Bibliography of the Algonquian languages, title of which follows. Two hundred and fifty copies issued.

Cover title as above, title as above verso blank 1 1. prelace (June 1, 1891) pp. iii-iv, introduction p. v, index of languages pp. vii-viii, list of fac-similes pp. ix-x, text pp. 1-5149, addenda pp. 551-^75, chronologic index pp. 577-614, 82 fac-similes, 8°. An edition of 100 copies issued in royal S°. PREFACE.

Tlie series of bibliograpbies of wliicli this forms the sixth number was started in 1887 with tlie Eskimauan as the first issue. They are all based ui)Ou the "Proot Sheets of a Bibliography of the Xorth Amer- ican Languages," by the same author, printed in 1885, in an edition of 110 ('oi)ies. Titles and collations of these works will be found on a j)revious page. The next in order of i)ublication are to be the Chinookan (including the Chinook Jargon), the Salishan. and the Wakashan, all of which are well under way. Tlie name adopted by the Bureau of Ethnology for this family of languages (Athapascan) is that used by Gallatin in the American An- tiquarian Society's Transactions, vol. ii, 18:3<>. It has been objected to by a number of missionaries—students of various dialects of this family in the iSTorthwest—but priority demanded that Gallatin's name should be retained. It is derived from the lake of the same name, which, according to Father Lacond)e, signifies "place of hay and reeds." The following account of the distribution of the Athapascan people is taken from Powell's "Indian Linguistic Families," in the Seventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology:

The bomidaries of tlie Atbapascnn family, as now nnderstood, are best given under three primary groups: Nortbern, Pacific, and Southern. yorthern group. —This includes all the Athapascan tribes of British North America and Alaska. In the former region the Athapascans occupy most of the western interior, being bounded on the north by the Arctic Eskimo, who inhabit a narrow strip of coast; on the east by the Eskimo of Hudson's Bay as far south as Churchill Eiver, south of wbich river tbe country is occupied by Algonijuian tribes. On the south the Athapascan tribes extended to the main ridge between tbe Athapasca and Snskatchewan rivers, where they in«'t Algonquian tribes; west of this area they were bounded on the south by Salishan tribes, the limits of whose territory on Era- ser Eiver and its tributaries appear im Tohnie and Dawson's map of 18S4. On the west, in British Columbia, the Athapascan tribes nowhere reach the coast, being cut olf by the Wakashan, .Salishan, and Chimmesyan families. The interior of Alaska is chiefly occupied by tribes of this family. Eskimo tribes have encroached somewhat upon the interior along the Yukon, Kuskokwim, Kowak, and Noatak rivers, reaching on the Yukon to somewhat below Shageluk Island and on the Kuskokwim nearly or quite to Kolmakoflf Redoubt. Upon tbe two latter they reach quite to their heads. A few Kutchin tribes are (or have ))een) north of the Porcupine and Yukon rivers, but until recently it has not been known that they extended north beyond the Yukon and Romanzotf mountains. Explorations of VI PREFACE.

Lieut. Stoney, in 1885, establish the fat-t that the region to the north of those luoun- taius is occupied by Athapascan tribes, and the map is colored accordingly. Only in two places in Alaska do the Athapascan tribes reach the coast : the K'uaia-kho- tana, ou Cook's Inlet, and the Ahtheua, of Cooper River. Pacific group. —Unlike the tril)es of the Northern group, most of those of the Pacific group have removed from their priscan habitats since the advent of the white race.

The Pacific group embraces the following : Kwalhioqua, formerly on Willopah River, Washington, near the lower Chinook; Owilapsh, formerly between Shoahvater Bay and the heads of the Chehalis River, Washington, the territory of these two tribes being practically continuous; Tlatscauai, formerly ou a sm ill stream on tht; northwest side of Wapato;) Island, (xibbs was informed by an old Indian that this tribe "formerly owned the prairies on theTsilialis at the mouth of the .Skuknmchnck, but, ou the failure of game, left the country, crossed the Columbia River, and occupied the mountains to the south," a statement of too uncertain character to be depended upon; the Athapascan tribes now on the Graude Ronde and Siletz Reservations, Oregon, whose villages on and near the coast extended from Coquille River southward to the California line, including, among otiiers, the Upper Coiiuille, Sixes, Euchre, Creek, Joshua, Tutu tfiune, ami other "Rogue River" or "Tou-touten bands," Chasta Costa, Galice Creek, Naltuune tiinne, and Chetco villages; the Atha- pascan villages formerly on .Smith River and tributaries, California; those villages extending southward from Smith River along the California coast to the mouth of

Klamath River ; the Hupa villages or "clans" formerly on Lower Trinity River, California; the Kenesti or Wailakki (2), located as follows: "They live aloug the western slope of the Shasta Mountains, from North Eel River, above Round Valley, to Hay Fork; along Eel aiiil Mad rivers, extending down the latter about to Low Gap; also on Dobbins and Lirrabie creeks;" and Saiaz, who "formerly occupied the tongue of land jutting down between Eel River and Van Dusen's Fork." Southern group. —Includes the Navajo, Apache, and Lipau. Engineer .Jose Cortez, one of the earliest authorities on these tribes, writing in 1799, defines the boundaries of the Lipau and Apache as extending north and s )uth from 29- N. to 36^ N., an 1 east and west from 99^ W. to 114^ W. ; in other words, from central Texas nearly to the Colorado River in Arizona, where they met tribes of the Yuma stock. The Lipan occupied the eastern part of the above territory, extending in Texas from the Comanche country (about Red River) south to the Rio Grande. More recently both Lipau and Ajjache have gradually moved southward into Mexico, where they extend as far as Durango. The Navajo, since first known to history, have occupied the country on and south of the San .Juan River in northern New Mexico and Arizona and extending into Colorado and Utah. They were surrounded on all sides by the cognate Apache except upon the north, where they meet Shoshonean tribes.

The present voliiiue eiiibra-res .544 titular entries, of which 428 relate to printed boolvs and articles and Il<> to manuscripts. Of these, 517 have been seen and described by the compiler, \11 of the prints and

95 of the manuscripts, leaving 27 as derived from outside sources, 1(> of the prints and 21 manuscripts. Of those unseen by the writer, titles and descriptions have been received in most cases from persons who have actually seen the works and described them for him. So far as possible, during the proof-reading", direct comparison has been made with the works themselves. For this purpose, besides his own books, the writer has had access to those in the libraries of Con- gress, the Bureau of Ethnology, the Smithsonian Institution, and to several pi-ivate collections in the city of Washington. Mr, Wilberforce PREFACE. VII

Eames has compared the titles of works coataiued iu his owa library aiul ill the Leuox, and recourse has been had to a uuiuber of librarians throughout the country for tracings, photographs, eti-. The result is that of the .517 works des-ribed d!' risii comparison of proof has been made direct with the original sources in the case of 424, In this later reading collations and descriptions have been entered into more fully than liad previously been done and capital letters tre.ited with more severity.

WasiiinctTON, D. 0., June 15, 1S92.

INTRODUCTION

111 the compilatiou of this catalogue the aim has been to include everythiuj;-, printed or in manuscript, relating to the Athapavscau lan-

guages: books, pamphlets, articles in magazines, tracts, serials, etc., and such reviews and announcements of publications as seemed Morthy of notice. The dictionary plan has lieen followed to its extreme limit, the subject an

and ill the case of ]>rinted books each work is followed through its various editions l»efore the next in chronologic order is taken up. Anonymously printed works are entered under the name of the author, when known, and under the first word of the title, not an article or preposition, when not known. A cross-reference is given from the first words of anonymous titles wIkmi entered under an author and from the first words of all titles in the Indian languages, whether anonymous or not. Manuscripts are entered under the author when known, under the dialect to which they refer when he is not known. Each author's name, with his title, etc., is entered in full but once, i. e., in its alphabetic order. Every other mention of him is by surname and initials only, except in those rare cases when two persons of the same surname have also the same initials.

All titular matter, including cross-references thereto, is in brevier, all collations, descriptions, notes, and index matter in nonpareil. In detailing contents and in adding notes respecting contents, the spelling of proper names used in the particular work itself has been followed, and so far as possible the language of the respective writers is given. In the index entries of the tribal names the compiler has adopted that spelling which seemed to him the best. As a general rule initial cai)itals have been used in titular matter in only two cases: first, for ]>roper names, and second, when the word actually appears on the title-page with an initial capital and with the remainder in small capitals or lower-case letters. In giving titles in the German language the capitals in the case of all substantives have been respected.

When titles are given of works not seen by the compiler the fact is stated or the entry is followed by an asterisk within curves, and in either case the authority is usually given. IX

INDEX OF LANGUAGES

Piiire. Aiiteiia. See Abtiiiiie.

Alitiuue 1 Apaelie 3 Applegate Creek. See Nabiltse. Arivaipa Apaclie. See A])ache. Athapascan 4 Atna. SeeAhtiime.

Beaver - - - 8 Carrier Iiuliaus. See Taculli. Chin Indians. See Nagailer. ChippeAvyan 19 Chiraeahua Apache. See Apache. Cook's Inlet Indians. See Kenai. Copper Indians. See Ahtinne. Coppermine Apache. See Apache. Coquille 20 Coyoter<^ Apache. See Apache. Dene 25 Dene Diudjie. See Dene. Dog Kib 20 Faraone. See Ai)ache, Hare Indians. See Peau de Lievre. Haynarger. See Henagi. Henagi 41 Hoopa. See Hupa. Hudson Bay 41 Hnpa 41 Inkalik 42 Inkalit-Kenai. See Kenai. JicariUa Apache. See Ai)ache. Kaiyuhkhotana 43 Kenai 44 Klatskenai. See Tlatskenai. Koltschane 49 Kutchiu 50 Kwalhiokwa 50 XI Xir INDEX OF LANGUAGES.

Page. Lipaii 54 Ijototeii. See Tiitnteii. Loucheux 55 Mescalero Apache. See Ax)aclie. Midnooski. See Ahtiinie. Miuibreiu) Apache. See Apache. Montagnais 65 Nabiltse 74 ISTagailer 74 Nahawiiy. SeeNehawiii. Navajo 74

Nehawni • 75 Northern Indians. See Atliapascan. Nuhito Tnkalik. See Inkalik. Pean de Lievre 77 Phialeno Apache. See Apache. Kogue River 90 Sierra Bhinca Apaclie. See Apache. Sikani 04 Slave 95 SLavi. See Shive. Sursee 96 Sussee. See Sursee. Taculh 97 Tahkali. See Taculli. Tnhlewah 97 Takudh. See Tukudh. Teuan-Kntchin. See Kutchin. Tenana. See Kutchin. Tenana-lnkalik. See Inkalik. Tinne - 98 Tlatskeuai 98 Tolowa. See Tahlewah. Tukudli 192 Tututen 103 Ugaleiizen 103 Ulnluk-Iiikalik. See Inkalik. Umpkwa 193 Unakhotana 104 Wailakki 107 White Mountain Apaclie. See Apache. Willopah 109 LIST OF FACSIMILES

Page. Morice's Dene Hyllabaiy 07 Title page of Morice's Deue Primer 70 Title page of Morice's Dene Catechism 71 Perranlt's Moiitagnais Syllabary 78

XIII

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

By James C. Filling.

[An asterisk -within parentheses indicates tliat tlio compiltr has seen no copy of the work referred to.]

Abbott (G. H.) Vocabulary of the Adelung (Joliann Christoph) [and Vater Co([uille language. (J.S.)] Mitliridates odcr allgemeine | | Manuscript, 6 pages, folio, in the library of Spracheukunde | mit | dem Vater I the Bureau of Ethnology, "Washington, 1). C. Unser als in nalie Sprachprobe | bey Taken down in 1858 at the Siletz Indian Agency, | fiinfliundert Spraelicn und Muudarten, Oregon, with the assistance of the interpreter von Jobann Christoph Adelung, I at that agency, and recorded on one of the blanks I | of 180 words issued by Mr. Geo. Gibbs. The Churfiirstl. Siichsischen Hofrath und blanks are all tilled and about 20 words added. Ober-Bibliothckar. [Two lines quo- | partial copy, made Mr. Gibbs, consist- A by tation.] Erster[-Vierter] Theil. ing of the 180 words of the standard vocabulary, I | Berlin, | inderVossischeuBuchhand- with some changes in the alphabetic notation, lung, 1806[-1817]. is in the same librarJ^ I 4 vols. (vol. 3 in three parts), 8°. Adam (Lucien). Examen grammatical Vol. 3, part 3, is devoted to American lin- compar<5 de seize langues americaiues. guistics ; the Athapascan contents are as fol- In Congres Int. des Am6ricanistes, Conipto lows : General remarks on the Apache, pp. 177- rendu, second session, vol. 2, pp. 161-244, and 179; of the Nabajoa, pp. 179-180.— Short discus- six folded sheets, Lvixembourg & Paris, 1878,- sion of the Kinai, pp. 228-229.—Comparative 8°. (Bureau of Ethnology, Congress.) vocabulary of the Ugaljachmutzi (from Resau- This work is subdivided under twenty-two off), with four Kinai vocabularies respectively headings, "Des ditf6rentes classes de uoms et from Dawidoff, Resanoff, Lisiansky, and " Un- du genre," "Dupluriel des noms," etc., un- genannten," pp. 230-231.—A few words in six- der each of which occur remarks on all the Susseo (from Unifreville), p. 254.—General dis- teen languages, among which is the Monta- cussion of the Cheiiewyan, with examples gnais. The six folded sheets at the end contain from Mackenzie and Dobbs, pp. 419-424.—Vo- a comparative vocabvilary (135 words and the cabulary of tlie Chepewyan and Nagailer (both numerals 1-100) of fifteen languages, among from M.-ickeiizie) and the Hudson Bay Indians them the Montaguais. (from Dobbs), p. 424. Issued separately as follows: Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, British Mu- seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eanies, compar<5 de Examen grammatical | | Trumbull, Watkin.son. seize laugues amdrieaiues par Lucien | Priced by Triibner (1856), no. 503, II. 16«. Sold

; Conseiller h la Cour de Nancy. Adam at the Fischer sale, no. 17, for II. ; another copy, |

Paris Maisonneuve et C''=, fiditeurs, no. 2042, for 16#. At the Field sale, no. 16, it I Voltaire, 25 1878 brought $11.85; at the Squier sale, no. 9, ifS. 25, Quai | I Leclerc (1878) prices it, no. 2042, 50 fr. At the Half-title verso "extrait du" etc. 1 1. title as Pinart sale, no. 1322, it sold for 25 fr. and at the above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-88, six folding Murphy sale, no. 24, a half-calf, marble-edged tables, 8°. cojiy brought $4. Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Congress, Ahtena. See Ahtinne.

Gatschet, Wellesley. Ahtinn^ :

Trlibner, 1882 catalogue, p. 3, prices a copy General discussion See Buschmann (J. C. E.)

; 6«. Leclerc, 1887, p. 3, 15 fr. j Maisonneuve, Numerals Allen (H. T.) 1888, p. 42, 15 fr. Numerals Dall(W. H.) 1 ATI! 1 : :

BIBLIOGRAniY OF THE

Ahtinne — Continued. Alien (H. T.) — Continued. Numerals Ellis (R.) Attnitanas, or natives of Copper river. Sentences Allen (H.T.) In Quebec Soc. de G6og. Bull. 1880-87-88-89, Tribal names Latbam (R. G.) pp. 79-90, Quebec, 1889, 8°. Vocabulary Allen (H.T.) Linguistics as under titles above, pp. 87-88. Vocabulary Baer (K. E.von). American Bible Society : These words following Bancroft (H. II.) Vocabulary a title or \\ithin pai'cutheses after a note indi- (J.C.E.) Vocabulary Busclimann cate that a cojiy of the work referred to has been H.) Vocabulary Dall (W. seen by the compiler in the library of that in- Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) stitution, Kew York City. J6hau (L. F.) Vocabul.ary American Bible Society. 1776. Centen- Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) nial exhibition. 1876. Specimen verses Vocabulary I'iuart (A. L.) | versions in different languages von). from | Vocabulary Wrangell (F. I (L. K.) in which the holy Words Daa ami dialects | | Words Elli.s (R.) scriptures have been printed and cir- | Words I'etitot (E. F. S.J.) American bible society culated by the | Words Rott (A. F.) Ijritish and foreign bible and the | Words Scbomburgk (R. H.) I society. [Picture and one line quota- | 49tli Congress, Allen (Lieut. TIcnry T.) tion.] I Sentito. Ex. Doc. No. 2d Session. | | | I : American bible society, New York | ;in expedition to of | 125. Eeport | | | I instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. i | the Copper, Tanan;1, and Kdyukuk 1876. Territory of Alaslva, rivers, in tlie | 1. | | Title verso picture etc. 1 text pp. 3-47, ad- "for tlie purpose vertisement p. 48, 16°. in the year 1885, | I of obtaining all infornuition which will St. John, iii, IC, in the Tinn6 language (syllabic charaeters), 30. he valuable and important, especially p. I Coidob seen : American Bible Society, Pilling, to the military branch of the govern- 1 Trumbull. ment." Made under the direction of in date, appeared in | Editions, similar except I General Nelson A. Miles, Commanding 1879 (Wellesley) and in 1884 (Pilling). by the Department of the Columbia, | verses from versions in Specimen | T. Allen, Second in lieut. | dialects Henry different languages and | | I airy. United States Ca^ the Holy Scri})tures ] have been which | | Washingtt)n: Government i)rinting | aiul circulated by the printed | Ameri- office. 1887. the British bible | and and can society | I

Title verso blank 1 1. contents pi). 3-8, cor- foreign bible society.! [Picture of bible respondence pp. 9-14, introduction p. 15, half- and one line quotation.] Second edi- | text 19-172, !> niajj.s and 29 plates, title p. 17, pp. tion, enlarged. 8°. | American bible society, New York: | Sentences in the Midnoosk.vl.ni Ullage, p..')l.— instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. Natives of Copper River (pp. 12o-13(3) contains 1 | some general remarks on their language, a 1885.

vocabulary of 5^ \\ ords English-Miduoosky, p. Title verso note 1 1. text pp. 3-60, index pp. 134, and the numerals 1-10 of the Midnoosky 01-63, advertisement p. 04, 16°.

and Apache ((he latter from Lieut. T. B. St. John, iii, 16, in the Tinn6 or Chippowyan Dugan, U. S. A.) comi)ared, p. 13.'). (roman and syllabic) and Tukudh (roman), p.

Gojnes seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eanies, 47.

Pilling. Copies seen : Wellesley. Some copies are issued without the docu- There is an edition, otherwise as above, dated mentary heading of live lines at tlie beginning of 1888 (Pilling). the title-page. (Bureau of Ethnology, rilling.) Issued also with title as above and, in addi- Partly reprinted as follows tion, tlie following, which encircles the border of the title-page: Souvenir of the World's in- Atnatanas ; natives of Copper river, cotton centennial exposition. dustrial and | | Alaska. By Lieut. Henry T. Allen, U. Bureau of education: Department of the in- S. Army. terior. New (Means, 1885. (Pilling.) I In Smithsonian Inst. Annual Report for de A-^ersiculos tornados de Mnestras | 1880, part 1, j.).. 2.".,4-2(i0, Washington, 1SS9, S^'. las diferentes lenguas versiones en | y (Pilling.) dialeetos en (jne las sagradas escri- | | \'o(al)ulary and numerals as under title next turas hail sido imjiresas puestas en above, ]). 2(i.j. I y biblica Repriuted as follows circulacion por la | Sociedad ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

American Bible Society — Continued, Anderson (A. C.) — Continued. la l)il)lica in- The first four leaves, written on one side araericaiia y | Sociedad | glesa extranjera. [Design and one only, contain a comparative vocabulary of 108 y | words of the following languages: English, line quotation.] Chipwyan, TacuUy, Klatskanai, Willopah,

York : Sociedad bildica anie- Nueva | Upper Umpqua, Tootooten, Applegate Creek, ricanu. en el de 1816. | Fundada Ano Hopah, and Haynarger. The remaining | four 1889. leaves, written on both sides and headed Ap- pendix, contain notes and Title as above verso picture etc. 1 1. text pp. memoranda con- 3-50, liistorioal and other observations pp. SI- nected with the vocabularies collated in the CO, index pp. 61-03. picture aud description p. accompanying abstract. 64, 16°. Apache: St. John iii, 16, in the Tinne (.syllabic char- General discussion See Adelung (J. C.) and acters), Chippewyan (roman). and Tukudli Vater (J.S.) (roman), j). 47. General discussion Bancroft (H. H.) Copies seen : I'illiug. Wellcsley. General discussion Berghaus(H.)

American Tract Society : These words following General discussion Buschmanu (J. C. E.) a title or within parentheses after a note indi- General discussion Cremony (J. C.) cate that a copy of the work referred to has General discussion J6han (L. F.) been seen by the compiler in the library of that General discussion Orozco y Berra (M.) institution. New York City. General discussion Pimentcl (F.) General discussion Smart (C.) (Alexander Canltield). Anderson Vocab- General discussion AYhite (J.B.) ulary of the Talikali ov Carrier. Gentcs Boiirke (J. G.) In Hale (II.), Ethnograi)hy and philology of Gramniatic comments Feat herman (A.) the U. S. exploring expedition, pp. 570-629, lino Gramnuilic comments Miiller (F.) A, Philadelphia, 1S4G, 4''. Grammatic comments White (J. B.) Reprinted in Gallatin (A.), Hale's Indians of Gramniatic treatise Bancroft (H. H.)

northwest America, in American Eth. Soc. Grammatic treatise Cremony (.1. C.) Trans, vol. 2. pp. 78-82. New York, 1848, S°. Numerals Allen (II. T.) Numerals Bancroft (H. H.) Notes on the Indian tribes of British Niunerals Cremony (J. C.) Nortli America, and the northwest Numerals Dugan (T.B.) coast. Comnuinicated to Geo. Gililts, Numerals Gatschet(A. 8.) esq. By Alex. C. Anderson, esq., late Numerals Haines (E. M.) Numcrahs Haldeman (S. S.) of the hon. 11. B. co., and read before Niuuorals Pimentel (F.) the New York Historical Society, No- Numerals Tolmie (V. F.) and Daw- venilter, 1862. son (G. M.) In Historical Mag. first series, vol. 7, pp. l*ro]>er names Catlin (G.) 73-81, New Y'ork & London, 1SG3, sni. 4°. Proj)er names Cremony (J. C.) sliort Includes a account of the 'J'ahcullys, Proper names White (.J. B.) with a few proper nauies with English signili- Relationships Morgan (L. H.) cation. Relationships White (J.B.) on nortli-western Sentences Bancroft (H. H.) Notes | America. I Sentences White (J.B.) By Alexander Canltield Anderson, I I Text Bancroft (H. H.) J. P. (Formerly of the lhids(m's Bay I Tril)al names Balbi (A.) Company.) | Tribal names Higgins (N, S.)

Montreal: ', Mitcliell& Wilson, Print- Tribal names J6han (L. F.) ers, 192 St. Peter Street. 1876. Tribal names White (J. B.) | Vocabulary Allen (H,T.) Cover title as above, uo inside title; text pp. 1-22, 12°. Vocabulary Bancroft (H. H.) Vocabulary Bartlett (J. R.) Under the heading of " Indians," jjp. 20-22, is Vocabulary Boiu-ke (J. G.) given a short account of the natives of that Vocabulary Buschmanu (J. C. E.) region, including the ' Chipewyan race," which Vocabulary Chapin (G.) includes a few tribal names witli English sig- Vocabulary C.) nitication.s. Cremony (J. Vocabulary FrrH'bcl (J.) Copies seen : IJureau of Ethnology. Vocabulary Gatscliet(A. S.) of the Concordance Atha1)ascan lan- Vocabulary Gilbert (G. K.) guages. Vocabulary Henry (C. C.) Manuscript, 8 nnnumbcnil liavis, folio, in Vocabulary Higgins (N. S.) the library of the Bureau of Etlinology, Wasli- Vocabulary Hort'nian (W.J.)

ington, U. (.". Recorded at Catlilaniiit, Wash- Vocabulary boew (().) ington Ty., 24th February, 1858, Vocabulary McElroy (P, D.) : :

BIBLIOGRArHY OF THE

Apache — Cont inued. Amy (W. F. M.) — Continued. Vocabulary Palmer (E.) This manuscript was referred, Dec. 26, 1874, Vocabulary riineutol (F.) to Dr. Trumbull for insiiection, and was Vocabulary Ruby(C.) ret)irned by him with the recommendation that, Vocabulary Schoolcraft (II. E.) after certain changes in the phonetic notation,

Vocabulary Sherwood ( W. L.) it be published by the Institution. Vocabulary Simpson (J. H.)

Aster : This word following a title or Vocabulary Smart (C) within parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of the Vocabulary Ten Kate (H. F. C.) Vocabulary Turner (W.W.) ^^•ork referred to has been seen by the compiler in the Astor Library, York City. Vocabulary Whipple (A. W.) New Vocabulary White (J. B.) Athapascan. Vocabulary of the lan- Vocabulary Wilson (E.r.) Vocabulary Yarrow (H. C.) guage spoken by the Indians of Cook's

Words Bourke (.T. G.) Inlet Bay. AVords Daa (L.K.) Manuscript, 1 leaf, folio, written on both Worda Ellis (E.) sides, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.

Words Gatschet (A. S.) Contains (iO words. "Words Latham (E.G.) Athapascan Words Tolmic (W. F.) and Daw General discu.ssion See Ba8tiau(P.W.A.) son (G. M.) General discussion Buschmanu (J. C. E.) Words Wilson (E. P.) General discussion Campbell (J.) Apache John. See Gatschet (A. S.) General discussion Gabelentz(H.G.C.) General di.scussiou Keane(A. H.) Apostolides (S.) L'oraison dominicale General discussion Scouler (J.) en Cent Langues Dilf^rentes; I I | General discussion Trumbull (J. H.) piibli6e et vendue an profit des mal- | Gcograiihic names Petitot (E. V. S. J.) hciirenx r6fugi^8 Crdtois, actuelle- Granmiatic comments Dorsey (J. O.) | Grammatio comments Gallatin (A.) en GrJ^ce. Compile par S. Apos- ment | Grammatic comments Grasserie (R. de la). tolides. [Scripture text, two lines.] I | Proper names Catlin (G.)

: imprime et publie par Londres | W. Projier names Petitot (E.r. S.J.) M. Watts, 80, Gray's-iun road. (En- Dorsey (J. O.) I | Eelationships tered at stationers' hall). [1869.] (*) Sentences Petitot (E.F.S. J.)

title : lord's Syllabary Morice (A. G.) Second Our prayer | in | One Hundred Different Languages published for Tribal names Gallatin (A.) ; | the benelit of the poor Cretan refugees, Tribal names Latham (E. G.) | | now in Tribal names Petitot (E. F.S.J.) Greece. | Compiled by S. Apostolides. | [Scripture text, two lines.] Vocabulary Athapascan. , | Bancroft (H. H.) London : printed and published l)y Vocabulary | W. M. Watts, 80, Gray's-inn road. Words Brinton (D. G.) I

First title verso blank 1 I. second title verso Words Daa (L.K.)

blank 1 1. dedication in French verso blank 1 1. Words Ellis (R.)

dedication in Engli.sh verso blank 1 1. pretace Words Hcarne (S.) (French) ]>p. ix-x, preface (English) pp. xi-xii, Words Kovar (E.) (J.) index pp. xiii-xiv, half-title verso blank 1 1. Words Lubbock

text (i)rinted on one side only) 11. 17-116, 12°. Words Pott (A. F.)

The Lord's prayer in Cbepewyan, 1. 32. also Chippewyan Montagnais; Tinnd. \See I Title from j\Ir. AVilberforce Fames, from copy See Ahtinne. belonging to .Mr. E. P.Vining, Brookline. Ma.s,s. Atna. F^or title of the second edition see in the Ad- Authorities denda, p. 113. See Dufosse (E.) Applegate Creek. See Nabiltse. Field (T. W.) Arivaipa Ajiache. See Apache. Latham (R. G.) Lcclero (C.) (fioc. W. F. M.) Amy Vocabulary of Ludewig (H. E.) the Navajo language. McLean (J.) Manuscript, 10 unnumbered leaves, 4°, in the Pilling (J. C.) library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected Pott (A. F.) on the Navajo reservation in New Mexico, Qnaritch (B.)

November, 1874, with tlie assistance of Prof. Sabin (.1.) Valentin!^ Friese and Eev. W. B. Truax. Steiger (E.) Eecorded on one of the forms (no. 170) of the Triibner & Co. Smithsonian Institution, containing 211 words, Trumbull (J. H.) equivalents of all uf which are given iu Navajo. Vater (J. S.) :

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

Azpell (Dr. Thomas F.) Vocabulary of Azpell (T. F.) — Contiuued. the Hoopa language. guttural aspirate, which letter I think repre- Manuscript, 10 uiimunbered leave3, 4°, in the sents the sound better. library of the Bureau of Ethnology, Washing- The syllabic sounds have been carefully com- ton, D. C. Recorded at Camp Gaston, Califor- pared in the pronunciation of several Indians tribe, nia, Aug. 14, 1870, on Smithsonian form no. 170. of each and I am able to hold communica- The printed form contains blanks for 211 tion with them by reading oif the words as I words, all of which are given, and in addition a have written them, which .seems to prove their few other words and about 25 phrases and sen- accuracy. tences. In transmitting the manuscript Dr. The Indian languages in this vicinity are Azpell writes as follows rapidly becoming corrupted by contact with the white man, the younger Indians speaking Camp Gaston, Hoopa Valley, Cal., in a different dialect fi-oni the elder ones, and probably in a generation or two will be no Avg. 14th, 1870. longer recognizable. Knowing this to be the Secretary Smithtonian Institution, of case, I have endeavored to get the most cor- Waehington, D. C: rect pronunciation from the older Indians, and

SlH : I have the honor to enclose herewith the this, being very tedious, must be my apology vocabularies of the Noh-tin-oah (or Hoopa) and for seeming delay and al.so for writing the two Sa-ag-its (or Klamath) tribes of Indians. tribes on one form, as I have spoiled one by I have adhered as closely a.s possible to the pencil marks. orthography given in the Smithsonian instruc- Very respectfullj', your ob't serv't, tions, with the single exception of substituting T. F. Azpell, the Greek x for "kk" in represeutiug the AsitSurg. U.S.A.

Baer (Karl Ernst von). Statistische uml Balbi ( A. ) — Contiuued. ethnographische Nachrichteii iiber ploy^s les | par differens peuples de la | die Russischen Besitzuugeu an der terre; d'uu | coup-d'adl sur I'histoire | | Nordwestkiiste von Amerika. Gesaiu- de la laugue slave, et sur la | marche pro- melt von dem ehemaligeu Oberver- gressive de la civilisation et de la lit- I | walter dieser Besitzungen, Contre- tdrature en Russie, | avec environ | sept Admiral v. Wrangell. Auf Kosten der cents vocaliulaires des idi- | principaux Kaiserl. Akademie der Wisseu.schafteu omes couuus, et suivi | | du tableau j herausgegeben uud mit Berech- | den physique, moral et politique des cinq | nungen au.s Wrangell'.s Witterungs- parties du moude, Dedie S. | h M. I'Em- beobachtungen uud andern | Zusatzen pereur Alexandre par Adrien Balbi, ; | vermehrt von K. E. v. Baer. | | ancien j)rofesseur de geographic, de | St. Petersburg, 1839. Buchdruckerei | physique et de math^matiques, | mem- der Kaiserlicheu Akademie der Wiissen- bre correspondant de I'Athdnee de Tr^- schafteu, vise, etc. etc. [Design.] | | Paris, Chez Rey et Gravier, li- A | Forms vol. 1 of Baer (K. E. von) and Helmcr- een (G. von), Beitriige zur Kenntniss des Kuss- braires, Quai des Augustins, N" 55. | ischen Reiches, St. Petersburg, 1839, 8°. [1826]. Imprim*} chez M.DCCC.XXVI | Short comparative vocabularj- of the Atna, Paul Renouard, Rue Gareuciere, N" 5. TJgalenzen, and Koloschen, p. 99. Comparative — F.-S.-G. vocabulary of the Aleut, Kadjack, Tschugut- Half-title 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedication schen, Ugalenzen, Kenaier, Atnaer of Copper 2 U. table synoptiquf 1 1. text plates i-xli (single River, Koltschanen of Copper River, and and double), table plati'.s xlii-xlvi, .additions Koloschen of Sitka, p. 259 (folding sheet). plates xlvii-xlix, errata 1 ]). folio. Plate xxxii, Langues du i)lateau central (Adrien). Atlas ethnograpliique de Balbi | TAmerique du Nord, embraces the Apaches, du globe, ou classification des | peu- I with a list of the principal divisions.—Plate aucieus et d'ajir^s ples modernes | j leurs xxxiii. Region Missouri-Colunibienne, em- langues, pr^c6tle d'uu discours braces the Sussee. Plate xxxiv, Langues de la | sur — | Futility et rimi)ortance de I'^tude des r6gion All^ghanique et des lacs, embraces the Tacoullies.—Plate xxxv, Langues de la c6te langues appliqu6e a plusieurs branches occidentale de TAmfei-ique du Nord, includes des connaissances humaines; d'uu the Kiu.iitze. —Plate xli. Tableau polyglotte des apergu sur lee | luoyens graphiques em- langues am6ricaines, includes a vocabulary of :

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Balbi (A.) — Oontimictl. Bancroft (H. H.) — Oontinued.

26 words of till' Siissrr, ('lii'pptwyaii, TiicoulliiH In addilion to llie al)ove the work lia.-< beeil or Carriers, ami Kiii;ii. issued with tiie inii)rintof Longmans, London; Copies seek: Astor, British Museum, Con- Miiisonneuve, Paris; and Brockhaus, Leipzig; gress, Watkinsou, Welle.sley. none of whicli liave I seen. Bancroft: This word following a title or witliin of Hubert Ban- The works | | Howe tliat a copy parentheses after a note indieates croft. The native Volume I[-V]. | I of the work referred to has been seen by the races. Vol. I. tribes[-V. Primi- | Wild compiler in tht! library of Mr. II. H. Bancroft, tive history]. San Francisco, Cal. | Francisco: A. L. Bancroft San | & The native Bancroft (Hubert Howe). | publishers. 1882. company, | Pacific states of the | races | | of | 5 vols. 8°. This series includes the History of Hubert Howe Central America, History of Mexico, etc., each America. | By North \ also I. Wild tribes [-V. with its own system of numbering and Bancroft. Volume | | numbered consecutively in tlie series. Primitive liistory]. | Of tliese works there have been published Yorlc: D. Appleton and com- Now | vols. 1-39. Tlu' opening j)aragraph of vol. 39 pany. 1874[-187G]. gives the following information: "This volume I 5 vols, maps and jilatca, 8°. Vol. I. Wild closes the narrative portion of my historical nations; III. Myths ami tribes; II. Civilized series ; there yet remains to be completed the V. Primitive his- . languages; IV. Antiquities; biographical section."

tory. Copies see^i : Bancroft, British Museum, Some copies of vol. 1 are dated 1875. Bureau of Ethnology, Congress.

Chapter 2 of vol. :{ (pp. 574-603) includes a Baptismal <'ard of the Tiuneh family, with general discussion Chippewyan See Church. examples, pp. 583-5.H5. — Chepewyau declen- Barnhardt ( W. H. ) Comparative vocab- sions, pp. 585-586.—Partial conjugation of the verb yaws' thee, to speak, p. .586.—General dis- ulary of the languages spoken by the cussion of the Kutchin and Kenai, with exam- " Umpqua/' "Lower Rogue River," ples, pp. 586-588; of the Atnah, with a short and Calapooia tribes of Indians. vocabulary, pp. 58'J-5i)0; of the Kenai, with Manuscript, 4 unnumbered leaves (recto of

examples, pp. 590-591 ; of the Tacullies, with the first and verso of the last blank), folio, in examples, pp. 591-59;{.—Numerals 1-10 of the the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Ile- Tolewah, Hoopah, and Wi-lackee, p. 593.— corded in May, 1859. General discussion of the Apache and Navajo, E.aeh vocabulary (of which only thcUrapqua with examples (from Cremony), pp. 593-597.— is Athapascan) contains ISO words, those con- Conjugation of the Apaelu; verbs to be, to do, to stituting the standard vocabulary compiled by eat, to sleep, to lone, and niimerals 1-2000, pp. the Smitlisonian Instituticm. The vocabulary 597-600.—Apache sentences, p. COO. —Speech of is followed by the "rules adojited in spelling." Gen. Carleton in Aijache, with interlinciir Eng- There is a copy of this manuseript, 4 11. folio, lish translation, pp. 600-602. —Lord's prayer in made by its compiler, in the same library, and Lipan (from Pinu'utel), p. 602. —Comparative also a copy of tlu' Fnipcjua (6 11. folio), accord- vocabulary of 11 words of the Apache, Apache ing to tlie original spelling in one e(dumn and a Coppermine, Atnah, Beaver, Chepewyan, Dog- revised si)elling in a second. Tlie latter copy- lloopah, Inkilik, Inkalit, Kenai, Kolt- rib, was made by Dr. Geo. Gibbs. shane, Kutchin, Kwalhioqua, Loueheux, Nav- (Antonio). Ojeada sobre ajo, Northern Indian, Apaelic^ Pinaleno, Suraee, Baireiro | cine da una idea de Nnevo-Mexico, | Tacully, Tenan Kuteliin, Tlat.skanai, Ugalenze, | Umpqua, I'nakatana, Xicarilla, Apache Mes- sus prodncciones naturales, y de algu- calero, p. 603. otras cosas que se consideran nas | Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Brin ton, Brit- para mejorar sn estado, 6 ir oportunas | ish Museum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, proporcionando su futura felicidad. Eames, Powell. | Forinada por el lie. Antonio Barreiro, native races of the | The | Pacific | I diclio territorio. peti- asesor de | A I

states of I Nortli America. | By | Hu- I cion del escino. senor ministro que fu6 I

bert Bancroft Vohiine I. i Howe | Wihl jnstieia don Jos(5Ionaeio Espinosa. de | tribes[-V. Primitive history]. | alescmo. senor vice-pres- Ydedicada | Antlior's Francisco. 1871 I Copy, | San los Estados Uni- dos Mexi- idente de | [-1876]. eaiios don Anastacio Bustamente. 5 vols. 8°. Similar, except on title-page, to | Puebla: 1832. Imprenta del ciuda- previous editions. One hundred copies issued. | ,Tos^ Maria esquina do dano Campos, | Copies seen : Bancroft,Britisl\ Museum, Con- gress. la Caruiceria numero 13. — .

ATHAPASCAN LANCfUAGES.

Barreiro (A.) — Coutinufd. Bastian (P. W. A.) — Continued.

Titki VL'isi) blank 1 1. dcdicatiou 1 1. text iq). ('onlains exaiiiplis in and grannnatii- cuni 5-42, statistics 2 U. aiicudict- lialt'titlc ami (ip. iiients upon a iiiiinl(i-i' of .Vmcriran languages, 2-10 of text, sin. 4°. among theiiL the A (liai)askan, p. 230. Ton Nabajoi' words and txpivssions, p. 10 of Bate.s (Henry Walton). Stanford's | com- ap6udice. pendium of geography and travel | Copien seen : (Jou^ress. based on Helhvald's 'DieErdeund ihre Bartlett (John Russell). Vocabulary of Volker'l Central America the West In- |

the Apache language. dies ' and Auun'ica Edited and South | I In Whipple (A. W.) and others, Explorations extended H. Bates, assistant- | By W. | and survf ys, 85, "Washington, 1855, 4°. i>. secretary of the Royal geographical Consists of 25 words used in comparison with

society; \ author of 'The naturalist on other languages of the same stock, the other the river Amazons' With ethnolog- vocabularies being taken from printed sources. | | ical appendix by A. TI. Keane, B, A. | Vocabulary of the Copperuiiue Maps and illustrations |

Apache (Mimbreno) language. Loudon Edward Stanford, .55, Char- I Manuscript, C unnumbered leaves, written ing cross, S. W. 1878 I

on one side only, folio, in the library of the Half-title verso blank 1 1. frontispiece 1 1. title

Bureau of Ethnology. "Obtained by Mr. Bart- verso blank 1 1. preface pp. v-vi, contents pp. lett from Mancus Colorado, chief of the Copper- vii-xvi, list of illustrations pp. xvii-xviii, list of mine Apaches, July, 1851. The language maps p. xix, text pp. 1-561, index pp. 563-571, abounds in gutturals. Mr. Turner identified it maps, 8°. as of the Chipewyan stock." Keane (A. H.), Ethnography and philology of The vocabulary is recorded on one of the America, pji. 44.3-561. 180 English Smithsonian forms of words, equiv- Copies seen .- British Museum, Congress, alents of about 150 of which are given. It is a Eames, Geological Survey, National Museum. copy by Dr. Gibbs. The whereabouts of the Stanford's Compendium of geogra- original I do not know. | travel based on Hellwald'a John Russell Bartlett, author, born in Prov- phy and | idence, R.I., 23 Oct., 1805, died there 28 May, 'Die uud ihre Volker' Central Erde | 1886. He was educated for a mercantile career,

the Indies ] America | West and South | entered the banking business at an early age,

America | Edited and extended H. | By and was for six years cashier of the Globe bank Bates, of linos.] in Providence. His natural bent appears to W. | Author [&c. two have been in the direction of science and belles- With ethnological appendix by A. I I lettres, for he was prominent in founding the 11. Keane, A. J. illustra- M. | Maps and Providence athenauiui and was an active mem- tions Second and revised edition. ber of the Franklin society. In 1837 ho engaged I | London Stanford, Char- | Edward 55, in business with a New York house, but was ing cross, S. W. 1882. not successful, and entered the book-importing I trade under the st3le of Bartlett & Welford. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 He became a member and was for several years 1. preface pp. v-vi, contents pj). vii-xvi, list of corresponding secretary of the New York his- illustrations pp. xvii-xviii, list of maps p. xix, torical society, and was a member of the Amer- text ])p. 1-441, ajipendix i)p. 443-561, index pp. ican ethnographical society. In 1850 President 563-571, m-ajts, 8'^. Taylor appointed him one of tlie commissioners Linguistics as under previous title,pp.443-56] to lix the boundary between the United iStates Copies seen : British Museum, Harvard. and Mexico under the treaty of Guadaloupe Stanford's Compendium of geogra- | Hidalgo. This service occupied him until 1853, phy and travel based on Hellwald's | when he was obliged to leave the work incom- 'Die Erde und ilire Volker' Central plete, owing to the failure of the appropriation. |

{ Indies the | He became secretary of state for Rhode Island America West ( and South Edited America | and extended in May, 1855, and held the office until 1872. He | By H. had charge of the John Carter Brown Library Bates, assistant-seci'etary W. | [&c. in Providence for several years, and prepared lines.] With ethnological two | | ap- a four-volume catalogue of it, of which one pendix by A. 11. Keane, M. A. I. | Maps hundred copies were printed in the highest illustrations Tliird edition and | style of the art. A2ipleton's Cyclop, of Am.Biotj. | London Stanford, | Edward 55, Char- Bastian (Philipp Wilhelni Adolf). Eth- ing cross, S. W. 1885 nologie uud vergleichendc Linguistik. I CoU.ation and contents as in second edition, In Zeits(!hrift fiir EtIinologie,vol.4(1872),pp. title iind description of which are given above.

137-162, 211-231, Berlin [u.d.], 8^. Copies seen : Geological Survey. | : :

8 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Wallace). Indian (J. H.) — Continued. Beach (William The | Beadle

lishing CO., Philadelidna, Pa., 111., Papers on the | Chicago, miscellany containing ] ; \ History, Antiquities, Arts, Languages, and St. Louis, Mo. (Brooklyn Public, Con- 1 gress.) Religions, Trailitions and Superstitions Beaver of the American aborigines; with | I I | Bible, Mark See Garrioch (A. C.) Uescri]»tions of their Domestic Life, Bihle passages Garrioch (A. C.) Manners, Customs, Traits, Amuse- | Catechisiu Bompas (W. C.) Exploits; travels and ad- Catechism Garrioch (A. C.) ments and | ventures in Indian country; Inci- Hymns Bompas (W. C.) the | Hymns Garrioch (A. C.) dents of Border Warfare; Missionary I'rayer book Bompas (^V. C.) Relations, etc. Edited by W. | W. Prayer book Garrioch (A. C.) Beach. Prayers Bomj.as (W. C.)

Albany : J. Munsell, 82 State street. Primer Bompas (W. C.) | 1877. Ten commandments Garrioch (A. C.) I Vocabulary Bancroft (H. H.) Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank Vocabulary Bompas (W. C.) 1 1. advevtisenient verso blank 1 1. contents pp. Vocal)ulaiy Buschmann (J. C. E.) vii-viii, text i>p. 9—177, errata 1 p. index pp. 479- A'ocahulary Garrioch (A. C.) 490, 8<^. Vocabulary Howse (J.) Gatschet (A. S.), Indian languages of the Vocaliulary Keunicott (R.) Pacitic states and territories, pp. 416-447. Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Copies seen : Astor,Briuton, British Museum, Vocabulary (J.) Congress, Eauies,freological Survey, Massachu- M'Lean Vocabulary Moigan (L. H.) setts Historical Society, Pilling, Wisconsin His- Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L. O.) torical Society. Uaa (L. K.) Priced by Leclerc, 1878 catalogue, no. 2GG3, 20 AVords

.1il.25; fr. ; the Muri>by copy, no. 197, brought Beaver Indian ])rinier. See Bompas (W. priced by Clarke ^V co. 188G c.italogue, no. 6271, C.) $3.50, and by Littlefield, Nov. 1887, no. 50, $4. Berghaus {Dr. Heinrich). Physikal- (J. H.) Tlie undeveloped West; Beadle | ischer Atlas. Geographische Jahrbuch |

or, five years in the territories : I I | znr Mittheilung aller wichtigern neuer being a complete history of that vast I | I Berg- Erforschungen von | D^ Heinrich region between the Mississii)pi and |

liaus. 1851 1 III. Inhalt: [&c, twen- | the Pacific, its resources, climate, in- I I | ty-three lines in double columns.] habitants, natural curiosities, etc., | Gotha: Justus Perthes. [1851.] etc. Life and adventure on prairies, I | Title verso blank 1 1. text p]). 1-66, 3 plates, mountains, and the Pacific coast. With 4°. two hundred and forty illustrations, Ueber die Verwandtschaft dcr Schoschonen, from original sketches photo- Komantschen nnd Apatsclien, pp. 48-62, con- | and tains general comments on the Apache language graphic views of the scenery, cities, | and its relations to the others mentioned, but lands, mines, people, and curiosities | gives no csamides. of the great West. J. II. Beadle, | By | Copies seen : Congress. Avestern correspondent of the Cincin- Bergholtz (Gustaf Fredrik). The Lord's nati Commercial, and author of "Life | in the Principal Languages, Prayer | | in Utah," etc., etc. |

Dialects and | Versions of the World, Issued by subscrii)tion only [ttc. two | printed in Type and Vernaculars of lines.] National publishing company, | I the Different Nations, | compiled and Phihulelpliia, Pa.; Chicago, 111.; I I published by G. F. Bergholtz. | Cincinnati, Ohio; and St. Louis, | | Mo. Chicago, Illinois, 1884. [1873.] | Title verso copyright 1 1. contents pp. 3-7, Title verso copyright 1 1. i)reface pp. 15-16, 4ireface p. 9, text pp. 11-200, 12°. list of illustrations pp. 17-22, contents pp. 23- Lord's prayer in Chipewyan (from Kirkby), 32, text pp. 33-823, map, plates, 8°. p. 37; Slav6 (from Bompas), p. 169. Short vocabulary, Navajo, Mexican-Spanish, Copies seen : Congress. and English, p. 545. —Numerals 1-20 of the Navajo, p. 545. —Naviijo woids passitn. Bible

Copies seen : Boston Atheuieum, Congress. Genesis TacuUi See Morice (A. G.) There is an e

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES.

Bible — Coiitiuueil. Bible Society — Continued. Mark Beaver Garrioch (A. C.) Some coi>ies have slightlj' variant title

Mark Slave Eeeve (W.D.) (Eames) ; others have the title printed in a dif- Mark Tiuu6 Kirkby (W. W.) ferent type ami omit the line beginning with John Tiun6 Kirkby (W. W.) the word "Craig." (Eames.) Gospels Chippewyau Kirkby (W. W.) Gospels Slave Bouipas (W. 0.) Bollaert (William). Observations on the Gospels Tukudh M'Donald(K.) Indian Tribes of Texas. By William Joliu i-iii Tukudh M'Douald (R.) Bollaert, F. R. G. S.

Bible history In Ethnological Sue. of London, Jour. vol. 2, Moutaguais See Logoff (L.) pp. 262-283, London, n. d. 8°. Tukudh M'Douald (R.) A few words iu the Lipau language, pp. 278- Bible lesson 279. D6n6 SeeFaraud (H.J.) [Bompas {liishoj) William Carpenter).] Bible passages Beaver Indian primer. Beaver See Garrioch (A. C.) Colophon: London: Gilbert Riv- Chippewyan Church. & Grouard (E.) iugton, Whitefriars Street, and St. Hudson Bay British. John's Square. [187-?] Slave Briti.sh. No title-page, heading only; text (with head- Slave Gilbert & Riviugton. ings iu English) pp. 1-36, 16°. Printed for the Tinn6 American. Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. Tinn6 Bible Society. Lord's prayer, creed, general confession, com- Tinn6 Bompas (W. C.) mandments, pp. 1-2. — Catechism, pp. 3-1,— Tinn6 British. Prayers, pp. 5-7.—Lessons, pp. 8-11.—Texts, p. Tinn6 Gilbert & Rivingtou. 11. —Les.sons 1-26, pp. 11-24. — Hymns (double Tukudh American. columns), pp. 25-30. — Vocabulary (alphabet- Tukudh Bible Society. ically .arranged by English words, double col- Tukudh Bompas (W. C.) umns), pp. 31-36.

Tukudh British. Copies seen : Pilling, Society for Promoting Tukudh Church. Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. Tukudh Gilbert & Riviugton.

[ ] Chipewyan primer.

Bible Society. Specimen verses | in 161 CoJoplion : London: Gilbert &. Riv- and Dialects in which Lauguages | I iugton, Whitefriars Street, and St. lioly the scriptures \ have been printed John's Square. [187-?] by the Bil>le society. and circulated | No title-page, heading only; text (with Eng- [Design and one line r^notation.] I | lish headings) pp. 1-36, 16°. Printed for the Bible house, Corner Walnut and | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. Streets, Philadelphia. 1-9. Lord's prayer, creed, Seventh ] [1870?] Lessons 1-24, pp. — Cover title as above verso advertisement, no comm.'indnieuts, prayers, etc., pp. 9-13. —Les-

inside title, text pp. 3-39, index pp. 40—11, his- sons 1-41, pp. 13-32. —Hymns (double columns), torical sketches etc. pp. 42-16 and cover, 18°. pp. 33-30.

St. John,iii, 16, in Tinn6 (syllabic characters), Copies seen : Pilling, Society for Promoting p. 30. Christian Knowledge, Wellesley.

Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. [ ] Dog Rib primer. Specimen verses in 215 languages | | Colophon : London : Gilbert & Riv- and dialects in the holy scrip- | which | iugton, Whitefrairs Street, and St. tures been printed circulated j have and John's Square. [187-?]

by the | Bible society. [Design and | No title-page, heading only; text (with head- one line quotation.] | ings in English) 1-22, 16°. Printed for the Bible house, corner i>p. | Walnut and Society for Promoting Cliristian Knowledge. Seventh streets, Philadelphia. Craig, | Lord's prayer, morning prayer, creed, com- Finley & cc, prs. 1020 Arch st. Philada. mandments, confession, prayers, etc., pp. 1-6. Scripture texts, pp. 6-16.— Hymns (double col- [1878 f] umns), 17-22. Printed covers (title as above on the front pp. Copies seen: Pilling, Society for Promoting one), no inside title, contents pp. 1-2, test pp. 3-48, 10°. Christian Knowledge, Wellesley.

St. John, iii, 10, in Tukudh (Louchoux In- [ ] Tiun6 jirimer. dians), 26; Chippewyan or Tiuu6 (syll.ibic p. Colophon: London: Gilbert & Riv- characters), p. 27. The .so-called "Chippe-

' iugton, Whitefriars Street, and St. wyan in roman on p. 27 is really Chippewa.

Copies i-eeji .• Pilling. John's Square. [187-?] — —

10 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Bonipas (\V. ('.) — Continucri. Bompas (W. C.) — Oontinued. No titlc-iiayc, hciuling only; text (with licacl Colonial C!hiirch Histories. ])ioc(\se |

ings in Knglisli) ^\^\>. l-'ili, 1()°. I'vililcd for the of Mackenzie river. right reverend | By Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. William Cari)enter Bompas, D.D. Texts on scripture subjects, prayers, etc., pj). I | bisho}) of th(! diocese. With map. 1-37. | —Catechism, pp. li7-40. —Creed, command- | ments, prayers, etc., pp. 40-18. —Catechism, ])p. Pul)]ished under the direction of the 48-55.—Creation, patriarchs, etc., pp. 55-05.— Tract conunittee. | Hymns (double columns), ])]). G7-7C. London: | Society for promoting Copies seen : Pilling, Society for Promoting christian knowledge, Northumljer- Christian Knowledge, Wellcsley. | land avenue. Charing cross, W. C; | ] Tukudh primer. 43, Queen Victoria street, E. C; [ |

Colophon : London : Gilbert Riv- Brighton: 135, North Street. & | New ington, Wliitefriiirs Street, and St. York: E. J. B. Young co. 1888. & & |

John's Square. [187-?] Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 1

1. text pp. 1-108, map, 16°. No title-page, heading only; text (with Eng- In some copies the author's name is mis- lish headings) pp. 1-55, 16°. Piinted for the printed 15ompus. Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. Chapter V, Languages (pp. 51-58), consists of Scripture lessons, prayers, conmiandments, general remarks on the three languages within gospels, collects, catechism, etc., pp. 1-51. the diocese — Tennl, Tukudh, and Western HjTnns (double columns), pp. 52-55. Esquimaux—and gives in each St. John, iii, 16, Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Society for Pro- )). 55. and the Lord's jirayer, pp. 57-58. moting Christian Knowledge, WcUesley. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling.

[ of devotion, in the Bea- [ ] Woi-ds of the Chipewyan Indians ] Manual | | ver Indian Dialect. Compiled from the of Athal)asca, arranged according to , manuals of the venerable archdeacon Dr. Powell's schedules [in the Intro- | of duction to the study of Indian lan- Kirkby, by the j bishop Athabasca. | For the use of the Indians in the guages, second edition]. I | | Athabasca diocese, [Seal of the soci- Manuscript, 10 pages, 4°, in the library of | th(^ 15ure.au of Ethnology. Itecorded in tlio ety-] I early part of 1890. In tran.scribing this material Bishop Hordeu London : Society for promoting | christian knowledge, N(»rthiimber- has given the Chij)ewyan words only, using | tlie numbers given in I'owell's Introduction in land avenue, Queen Charing cross | 43, ; lieu of (lie English words there given. Some Victoria street; and 48, Piccadilly. at h;ist of llie words in each of the 29 schedules [1880.] in the Introduction are given, in some cases those iif (he shorter schedules—equivalents of Title verso syllabarium 1 1. text (in syllabic all the w

[ ^^ocabulary of the of Copies seen : E.ames, Pilling. Society for Pro- ] language the moting Christian IvTiowledge, Wellesley. Telle Indians of Mackenzie River, G-arrioch (A. edition of See C.) for another being ;b diahu^tic variety only of the this work. Chi])ewyaii language, with the same linguistic structure. [ The four gospels, translated into ] | M;iiiuseript, 11 4°, in the library of the the Slav6 language, for the Indians i>ages, | I J!ure;iu of Ethnidogy, Washington. L). C. Ke-

of north-west Anuuica. | the By | corded in lb.' early jiart of 1890. Right Rev. The bishop of Athabasca. voe:il)ulai | Tlie y lu'oper consists of about 2,000 London: jjrinted for the British and words, ;nr:ingrd :iliih;il)etically by English | foreign bible society, Queen Victoria words, ;ni(l is fiillowed by the numerals, adverbs | of time, ]il;irc, and quantity, (Miu,junction,s, street. 1883. | prepositions, interjectiims, pronouns, verbs, Title verso printers 1 1. contents verso blank with c(ni.jug;itious. 1 1. text in roju.in characters pp. 1-282, KP. See Kirkby (W. W.) and Matthew, pp. 1-84.— Mark, pp. 85-134.— Luke, Bompas pp. 13,5-221.—John, pp. 222-282. (W. C.)

Copies seen : 15ritish and Foreign Bible Soci- JMr. r.ompas, a son of tlie late C. C. Bompas, ety, PiUiog, Wellesley. esq., scrgeant-at-law, w as born in London, Eug- :

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGEft. 11

Bompas (W. C.)—Continued Bourke (.1. G.) — C(mtinued. laud, ill liS:i4. Haviiij; bi-cn Hint trained to t\w Notes on Apaclie mythohjgy. ley,al inolV'ssiou, he was ordaini'd (Umcoii by tlio In the Journal of American Folk-Lorc, vol. then Bishop of Lincoln iu iy5'J. After sorviujf 3, pp. 209-212, Boston and New York, 1890, 8°. several curacies in the diocese of Linecdu, he (PiUiug.) came to Canada as a missionary of the Church Many Apache terms passim. missionary society in 1865, having tiist received Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanca and priestly orders from the present Bishop of lUipert's Laud acting as commissary for the late Chiracahna dialects of the Apache- Bishop of London. In 1874 he was again sum- Tinneh family. (*) moned to Eugland to receive episcopal orders Manuscript in possession of its autlior. Con- as Bishop of Athabasca, and iu 1884, the pres- sists of 2,.500 words, etc.. and includes a vocab- ent diocese of Mackenzie being portioned off ulary of the same language prepared by Lieut. from that of Athabasca, his title was changed Wm. G.Elliot, Ninth Infantry. to Bishop of Mackenzie River, the Right Rev. Buring the time Captain Bourke was on duty Dr. Young being consecrated as Bishop of Ath- as aide-de-camp to the late General Crook he abasca. enjoyed exceptionally good ojiportunities for He has written and piiblished material in the comj)iling an Apache vocabulary, and suc- Algonquian languages, as well as a primer in ceeded in obtaining and analyzing a number of Eskinuj. complete .sentences, prayers, invocations, many Boston Athenanuu: These words following a title nanu's of animals, plants, places, etc. or within parentheses after a luite indicate that Brinley : This word following a tith^ or within a copy of the work refeiTed to has been seen by parentheses after a note indicates that a copy tlie compiler in the library of that institution, of the work refei'red to was seen by the com- Boston, Mass. piler at the sale of books belonging to the late

Boston Public- : These words following a title or George Brinley, of Hartford, Conn. within parentheses after a note indicate that a

Brinton : This following a title or copy of the work referred to has been seen by word within liarentheses after note indicates the compiler iu that library, Boston, Mass. a that a copy of the work referred to has been seen by the com-

Bourke (Capt. John Gregory). An Xiiler. in the library of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Phila- Apaclieciinipiiign in tlie Sierra Madre. delphia, Pa. | [An account oi' the expedition ill ])nrsnit Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison). The of the hostik' Chiraeahna Apaclies in language of paheolithic man. I the spring of G. In American Philoso]di. Soc. Proc. vol. 1883. | By | Jolm 25, I Bourke, S. pp. 212-22.5^ Philadelphia, 1888,8°. (Congress.) | Captain Third Cavahy, U. General discussion of the Tinne Army, of " or Athapas- | Author The Snake Dance can language, pp. 214-215.—Term.s for /, thou, of the Moqui.s." Ilhistrated | | tnan, divinity, in Athapascan, p. 210. —Tinu6 New York Charles Scribner's sons. | words, p. 220. 1881). Issued separattdy as follows I Title verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv. list Tlie language of pal;eolithic | man, | of illustrations verso blank 1 1. t«xt 1-112, iij). By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D., Pro- | 10°. I I fessor of American Linguistics and Ar- Many Apache terms with English delinitious passim. ehicology in the University of Pennsyl-

Copies seen : Congress. vania. Read before the American phil- I osophical society, Vesper hours of tlie stone age. j October 5, 1888. By | Press of MacCalla co., Nos. 237-9 John G. Bourke. & |

In American Aiithropologist, vol. :j, 55- Dock Street, Philadelphia. 1888. pp. | 63, Washington. IsilO. S^. (rilling.) Printed cover as above, title as above verso Contains a number of Apache terms passim. blank Ik text pp. 3-10, 8°. 5- Notes u]ton the gentile organization Linguistics as under title next above, pp. 0,7,11. of the Apaches of Arizona. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. In the Journal of Anu-iicau Folk-Lore, vol. Essays of an Americanist. I. Eth- 3, pp. 111-120, Boston and X( w York, IsilO, K '. | (Pilling.) nologic and Archteologic. II. Mytliol- I List of Apache gentes, with English mean- ogy and Folk Lore. III. Graphic | ings, collected at San Carlos Agency and Fort Systems and Literature. | IV. Lin- Apache, Arizona, in 1881 and 18X2, pji. 1I1-H2; guistic. By Daniel G. Brinton, A.M., of the Touto Apaches, p. 112: of the ("liima- I I M.D., Profes.sor [&c. nine lines.] I huevis, J). 113; of the Apache-Yumas. p. 113.— | " Pareialidades " of the Philadelphia: | Porter &l Coates. Aiiaches (from Escu- |

dero), 1). 125. 1890. ;

12 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Briiiton (D. G.) — Continued. Brinton (D. G.) — Continued,

Title verso copyriglit 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, day, he has always taken the position that med- couteuts pp. v-xii, text pp. 17-167, index of ical science slionld Ije based on the results of authors and authorities pp. 469-474, index of clinical observat ion rather than on i)hysiidogical subject.^ pp. 475-489, 8°. A collected reprint of experiments. He has become prominent as a some of Dr. IJrintou's more inipovtaut essays. student and a writer on American ethnology, The earliest form of human speech as re- his work in this direction beginning while he vealed by American tongues (read before the was a student in college. The winter of 1856-'57, American I'hilo.sophical S(i<'icty in 1885 and spent in Florida, sui)))liod lum with material published iii their proceedings under the title for liis fiist l)uliliMlic(l book on the subject. In of "The language of pala'olithic man"), pp. 1884 he was appointed professor of ethnology 390-409. and archa'ology in the Acatlemy of Natur.al Comments on the Tinne language, pp. 394- Sciences, Pliiladelphia. For some years he has 395.—Tiun6 words, p. 405. been i>resident of the Numismatic and Anti-

Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, quarian Society of Philadelphia, and in 1886 he Pilling. was elected vice-president of the American

: Linouistic Association for the Advancement of Science, to The American Race | A Ethnogia])lii(^ De- preside over the section on anthrojiology. Dur- Classificatiou and | ing the same year he was awarded the medal scription of the Native Tribes of | of the Soci6t6 Am6ricaine de France for his Soutli America. Daniel North and | By | "numerous and leariied works on American Briutou, A. M., D., Profe.s.sor G. M. | ethnology." being the first native of the United

[«fcc. ten lines.] States that has been .so honored. In 1885 the | D. Hodgea, Pub- American publishers of the " Iconographic Eu- New York: | N. C. cyclopa'dia" requested him to edit the first vol- lisher, 47 Lafayette Place. 1891. | I ume, to contribute to it the articles on "Anthro- Title verso copyright notice 1 1. dedication polog3'" and "Ethnology," and to revise that verso blank 1 1. preface pp. ix-xii, contents pp. on " Ethnography," by Professor Gerland, of xiii-xvi, text pp. 17-332, linguistic apjiendix Strasburg. He also contributed to the second pp. 333-364, additions and correctiou.s j)j). 365- volume of the same work an es.say on the "Pre- 368, index of authors pp. 369-373, index of sub- historic Arch.TJology of both Hemispheres." jects pp. 374-392, 8°. Dr. Brinton has established a library and pub- A brief discussion of the Athabascans lishing house of aboriginal American litera- (Tinn6), with a list of divisions of the Atha- ture, for the purpo.so of jdacing within the bascan linguistic stock, pp. 68-74. reach of scholars authentic materials for the Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. study of the languages and culture of the native Daniel Garrison Brinton, ethnologist, born in races of America. Each work is the production Chester County, Pa., May 13, 1837. He was of native minds .and is printed in the original. graduated at Yale in 1858 and at the Jeftorson The series, most of which were edited by Dr. Medical College in 1801, .after which he spent a Brinton himself, include " The M.aya Chron- year in Europe in study and in travel. On his icles" (Philadelphia. 1882); "The Iroquois return he entered the armj'^, in August, 1862, as Book of Kites" (1883); "The Giiegiience: A acting assistant surgeon. In February of the Ballet in the Nahuatl Spanish Dialect following year he was commissioned surgeon Comedy ' of Nicaragua (1883) ; "A Migration Legend of and served as surgeon-in-chief of the .second the Creek Indians" (1884); "The Len.ape .and division, eleventh corps. He was present at the Their Legends" (1885); "The Annals of the battles of Chancellorsville, Gettysburg, and Cakchiquels" (1885). ["Ancient Nahuatl other engagements, and was appointed medical Poetry" (1887); Rig Veda Americanus (1890)]. director of his corps in October, 18G3. In con- Besides publtsbing numerous p.apers, he h.as sequence of a sunstroke received soon after the contributed valuable reports on his examina- battle of Gettysburg he was disqualitied for tions of mounds, shell-heaps, rock inscriptions, active service, and in the autumn of that year he and other antiquities. He is the author of " The became superintendent of hospitals at Qulncy Floridian Peninsula: Its Literary History, In- and Springfield, 111., until August, 1865, when, dian Tribes, and Antiquities " (Philadelphia, the civil war having closed, he was brevetted ' 1859) ; ' The Myths of the New World : A Treat- lieutenant-colonel and discliarged. He then ise on the Symbolism and Mythology of the Ked settled in Pliila

"American Hero Myths : A Study in the Niitive constant contributor to other medical .journals, Religionsof the ^Western Continent" (Philadel- chiefly on questions of public medicine and

; "Aboriginal American Authors and hygiene, and has edited several volumes on phia, 1882) their Productions, Especiidly those in the Native therapeutics and diagnosis, especially the poi>- Languages" (1883); and "A Giammar of the ular series known as " Napheys's M(«lern Ther- Cakchiquel Language of Guatemala" (1884).— apeutics," wliich has passed through many Appleton's Cyclop, Am. Bioy. editions. In the medical controversies of the of ATHAPA&=CAN LANGUAGES. 13

British nnd Foreigu Biblo Society : Tlieso words British and Foreign Bible Society—C'td. following a title or within piireutheses after a St. John iii. 16 iu of | most the | lan- not(> indicate that a copy of the work has heen guages and dialects iu | whicli the scon by the compiler in the library of that insti- | British Foreign Bible Society has tution, 146 Queen Victoria Street, London, Eng. & | printed or circulated the holy scrij)- Foreign Bible Society. Speci- British and tures. [Design and one line quotation.] mens of some of the langungcs and Enlarged edition. I | dialects in which The liiitish and | | Loudon : printed for the British | and Foreign Bible Society has printed or | foreign bible society, Gill>ert ife | By circulated the holy scriptures. | Rivington, .52, St. John's Square, E. C.

('«?"J)7(0h; London : printed by Messrs. 1878. I Gilbert ifcRivington, for the British and Printed covers (title as above on the fioutone foreign bible society, Queen Victoria verso quotation and notes), no inside title, contents pp. 1-2, text pp. 3-48, 16°. street, E. C, where all infornnition con- St. John, iii, 16, intheTukudh, p. 26.— Ohippo- cerning the society's ^vork may bo wyau or Tinnt? (syllabic characters), p. 27. obtained. [I860?] The so-called " Cliippewyan" version in roman charaeters given in this and subsequent edi- 1 sheet, large folio, 28 by 38 inches, Gcoluums. tions is realljT Chippewa. St.John, iii, IG, in l.'U languages, among them Copies seen: the Tinue (sj'llabic charaeters), no. 128. American Bible Society, Pilling.

St. John iii. 16 in Copieii seen: British Foreign I!il)le Soci- | most of the lan- and | ety, Pilling, Wellesley. guages and dialects in Avhicli | the | British Foreign Bible Society & | has St. iii. 16 in of the lan- John | some | printed or circulated the holy scrip- guages dialects in which the and | | tures. ' [Design and one line (luotation.] Briti.sh Sl Foreigu Bible Society has ] Enlarged edition. printed or circulated the holy scrip- I | London: printed for the British and tures. [Picture and one line

London : printed for tiie British and | 1882. I foreign Ijilde society, | By Gilbert &. Title as above reverse quotation and notes 1 Kivington, b'2, St. John's Square, E. C. 1. contents pp. 1-2, text pp. 3-48, historical and 187.5. statistical remarks verso ofKcers and agencies I 1 1. 16'^. Title as above ver.so contents 1 1. text pi>. ;j-L!t), Linguistic contents as in the edition of 1878, hi.stoiical and statistical remarks verso otHcers titled next above. and agencies of the society 1 I. Copies seen : British and Foreign Bible Soci- St..John, iii, lli, in the Tinne (syllabic charac- ety, British Museum, Pilling, AVellesley. ters), p. 29. EBaiu'. OT'b loaniiii, r.i.3ii ct. 16. | 06iia3UM| Coidcs xeeii : British and l<\ircign Uible Soci- nepcBOjoi)!) cBflmeniiaro inicanifi, n.-ijAHUuxT. | ety, Pilling, AVellesley. |

Be.iHKO(^priTaii('KnMb it iiiiocTpannLiMB Cm6.i(i- Some copies are dated 1SG8. (-) |

iicKiiM'b oomocTBOM'b. ' The two "Specimens" of 1805.^ and 1868, [Dcsigu and one line i.ssued by this society and titled in the quotation.] previous |

bibliographiea of this series, contain no Atha- HeiaTaHo 4.i'i OpniaHCKaro n iinocTiianiiaro pascan. BtiCueiicKaro | oomccrBa, y T.i.ibuepra ii Pii- | St. John III. 16 iu some of the BHiirTOfia (Lmited), 52, Ct. .Isoncb CKBepi, I | languages and dialects in .loH.tOHb. 1885. | which the I | British and foreign bible Literal translation : The gosju'l by John, 3d | society | has

verse. I chapter, 16th Samples | of the transla- printed and circulated the holy scrip- | tions of the holy scripture, published | by the tures. | I British foreign bible and | society. ] "God's London: British word endureth forever." | and Foreigu Bible | Printed for the British and foreign bible Society, Queen Victoria Street. Phila- | | society, at Gilbert Kivington's | & delphia Bible Society, Cor. Walnut and (Ijimited), .52, St. John's Square, London. 1885. Seventh Sts., Philadelphia. [1X76?] | | Printed covers (title as al)ove on front one Cover title verso contents, no inside title, verso quotation and notes), contents pp. 5-7, text pp. 3-30, 16°. text pp. 9-68, 16°. St.John, iii, 16, in the Tinne (syllabic charac- St. John, iii, 16, in Ohippewyan or Tinne (syl- ters), 29. p. labic characters). Slave, and Tukudh, p. 37,

Copies ncen : Pilling. Copies seen ; Pilling, 14 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

British and Foreign Bible Society—Ct'd. British and Foreign Bible Society —Ct'd. St. .Toll. iii. 16. in den meisten printed or circnlated the holy scri]»- Ev. | del- Spviielicn nnd Dialeete in welchen tnres. [Design and one line (|nota- | die liriti.sehe nnd Ansliindisclie Bibcl- tion.] Enlarged edition. I I |

London : Britisclic nnd Ansliindisclie Frontispiece (facsimile of the Queen's text) Bibelgesellschaft, 110 Victoria 1 1. title as above verso (piotation and notes 1 1. | Quecu contents pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-07, remarks etc. Street, 188.5. E. C. | verso p. 07 and two following 11. 16^^. Title as above ou cover rcver.se a (juotation, Linguistic contents as in the German edition contents pp. 1-4, text pj). 5-07 (verso of p. 07 of 1885 titled above. note.s), remarks, officers, agencies, etc. 3 11. 10°. Copies seen : Pilling, Wcllesley. St. John, iii, 16, in the Slave of Mackenzie St. John iii. &c. of the 16, | inmost Kiver (syllabic and ronian), p. J^S; Tinne or | languages dialects and | in which the Chii)pewyan of Hudson's Bay (syllabic), p. 03; | British and foreign bible society lias Tiikudh, p. 04. |

Cojncs seen : Pillin,::. lirinted or circiilated the holy scrip- In this and the fiillowinif lan- editions the tures. [Design and one line quotation.] I guages arc arranged alpliabetically. Enlarged edition. I |

St. Jean III. KJ, A:.e. Specimens : | | de London the British foreign | and la tradnetion de ee passage dans la pin- bible society, 146 | Queen Victoria part des langues et dialeetes | dans Street, Loudon, I E. 1889. C. |

lesqnels la Soei6t<5 Biblic^ne Title as above verso imtes etc. 1 1. contents | Britan- uiqne et l^trangere a inii)rini6 mis l)p. 3-4, text pp. 5-83. historical sketch etc. 2 11. | on 16°. en eircnla.tiou les salutes (5critnres. | St. Jolin, iii, 10, in Beaver, p. 10; Cliipewyan, [Design and one line ([notation.] | p. 21; Slave (roman and syllabic), p. 73; Tinn6 Londres: Soeiet6 bihlicjne britan- | (syllabic), p. 79; Tukiidh, p. 79. The so-called et iStrangere, "Tinne," in roman characters, 78, is Chip- ui(ine | 110, Queeu Vic- p. toria Street, E. C. 1885. pewa. |

Copies seen. : Kamcs, Pilling, AVellesley. Title on cover as above reverse (piolation, Some copies are dated 1890 (Pilling). contents pp. 1—t, text pp. 5-07 (verso of p. 07 ob-

British Museum : Thiiso words following a title or servations), remarks et<'. H 11. 10°. within iiarenthe.ses after a note indicate that a Linguistic contents as ia the German cditiciu copy of the work referred to has seen of 1885 titled next above. been by tlie compiler in the library of that institution, Copies seen : British and Foreign Bible Soci London, Eng. ety, Pilling. Bureau of Ethnology: These words following a St. JoliJi iii. l(),&e. in | most oi" the | titleor within parentheses after a note indicate

languages and dialects in wbielithe ri>]iy . printed or circnlated the holy scrip- AVasliington, C. tures. [Design and one line Buschmauii (Johann CarlEduard). tjber ;

Title verso blank 1 1. text p)). 1-33, Inlialts- St. John iii. 10, Ac. in of | most the | iibcrsicht p. [34], 4°. hmguagesand dialects in | wliich the | Ciipien seen .- Asfor, British Museum, Eames. British and foreign bible society has | Translated and reprinted as follows: —A ;

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 15

Buschmann (J. C. E.) — Contiuned. Buschmann (J. C. E.) — Continued. "On Natural Soniids," ]>y Professor mon), Kutchin, Dogrib, Umpqua, Tlatskanai, Tahkali (from Hale), Sussoo, J. C. E. Buschmann. Translated by p. 188-197.—Com- parative vocabulary in 10 parallel columns of Caiilpbell Clarke, esq., from the Ab- the Chepowyan of Dobbs, Mackenzie, and handlungeu der kouiglicheu Akademie Richardson ; Taeullies of Harmon and Hale dor \Vissenschaften zn Berlin, aus dem Kutchin, Sussee, Dogrib, Tbitskanai, and Jahro 1852. Umpcxna, p. 198-209. —Alphabetische nnd sya-

lu Philological Soc. [of Loudon] I'roc. vol. 6, tematiscbe Verzeichnnng zu den "Wortverzeich- pp. 188-206, London, 1854, S°. nissen der athapaskischen Sprachen, pp. 210- 222.—Comparative tables of words of the Kinai Verwaudtschaft der Kinai-Idiomo langnage of Dawydow, Rcsanow, Kinaize, Nordamerika's mit dem des russischen Wrangell, and Lisian.sky, pp. 233-245.—Alpha- grossen athapaskischen Sprachstammc. betische Verzeichnnng zu den Kinai-Wortvor- In Konigliche Akad. dur Wiss. zu Berlin, zeichnisseu, pp. 245-249.—Divisions of the Ath- Bericbtausdem Jaliru 1854, pp. 'Jyi-2u0, Berlin, apaskischo and Kinai, p. 200.—tjbersicht der

[1855], 8°. kinai-athapaski.schcu "Worttafcln, iqj. 264-266.— Comparative vocalmlary of GO \vords of tlie Alphabetische Verzeichnnng zu denWorttafeln Konai-Spraclien (Kenai, Atuali, Koltschanon, des athapaskischen Spi-achstamms, pp. 266- Inkilek, Inkalit, and Ugaleuzoii), ^vitli the 268.—Comparative vocabulary of the Chepe- At]iapaski.'ichc-Spraclicn(Clicpowyan,Talikoli, wyan, Tahkali, Kutchin, Su-ssee, Dogrib, Tlats-

Kutchin, SiLs-see, Dogrib, Tlatskauai, andUmp- kanai, Umpqua, lSrav;ijo,Ticorilla, Kinai, Atnah, qua), on folded slieet facing p. 230. Ugalenzen, Inkilik, Inkalit, Koltschanen, and Kolo.schisch, 260-272; of the Chepewyan, Der athapaskische .Sprachstamm, \. Tahkali, Kutchin, Sussee, Dogrib, Tlatskanai, dargestellt von Hrn. Buschmann. Umpqua, Navajo, Ticorilla, Kinai, Atn.ih, Ugal- In Kiiniglielie Akad. der Wi.ss. zn Berlin, AI)- enzen, Koltschanen and Koloschisch, pp. 273- aus Jalirc 1855, 144-310, handlnngen dem pp. 282; of the Chepewyan, Tahkali, Dogrib, Tlats- 4°. Berlin, 1856, kanai, Umpqua, Kinai, Atnah, Ugalenzisch, In- of the Atliapa,scan family, 156- l)ivision.s pp. kilik, Inlcalit, Koltschanen, and Koloschisch, 161.—Numer.als 1-6 of llie Chepowyan and Knt- — p. 283.—Comparative tables of words from the cliin, 163. "Words in tlio Chepowyan, Tali- p. above-named languages, pp. 284-312. Su.ssee, Bogrib, Tlat.skanai, and kali, Kiitchin, Issued separately as follows: Unipixua, pp. 166-168.—Vocabulary, Engli.sh and Der athapaskische Sjjrachstamm Cliepewyan (from Eichardson), pp. 174-177. — I dargestellt von Joh. Carl | Ed. Ta+iullie.s (from Mackenzie), | few word.s of the I p. 177. —Vocabulary of the Taeullii^s (from Har- Buschmann. Aus | den Abhandlnngeu mon), pp. 177-170.—A few Kutchin word.s (from der kouigl. Akademie der Wissen- llichard.son), p. 179. —Vocabulary of the Dog- schafteu zu Berlin 1855. | rib (from Kichardson), pp. 170-180. —A abort | Berlin. Gedi'uckt in der Druckerei vocabularjr of the TJmpiiua (from Tolmic), p. | der konigl. Akademie der Wisseii- 180. —A short Chepowyan vocabulary (from | Mackenzie), 180-181.— Chepewyan vocabu- schaften 1856. In F. pp. | | Commission bei l.iry (from Thomp.son in Dobbs'), pp. 181-182.— Diimmler's Verlags-Buchhandluug. words A few Chepewyan (from Arclu'eologia Cover title as above, title as above ver.so note Americana), j). 182. —Chepewyan vocabulary 1 1. text pp. 140-313, Inhalts-iJborsicht pp. 311- (from liichard.son), 182-183. Short vocab- pp. — 310, Bericbtigungen p. [320], 4°. nlary of the Dogrib (from Kichardson), p. 183. Linguistic contents as in original article Short comparative vocabulary of the Cliepe- titled next above. wyan of Thompson, Mackenzie, and Eiehaid- Copies seen : Astor, Brinton, British ]\Iu»eiini, son, p. 183; of the Chepewyan (from Dobbs, Eames, Pilling, Trumbull. Mackenzie, and liichard.son) and Tacullio Triibncr's catalogue, 1856, no. 639, prices it (from Harmon), p. 184; of the Chepewyan (from 6s. ; the Fischer copy, catalogue no. 273, brought Thomp.son) and Tahkali (from Harmon), p. 184; lis.; the Sqnier copy, catalogue no. 142, $1.13; of the CheiJewyan (from Mackenzie) and Tah- priced by Leclerc, 1878, no. 2050, 10 fr. ; the kali (from tlu^ Harmon), p. 184; of Chepewyan Murphy copy, catalogue no. 2850, broiiglit $2 ; (from Richardson) and Tahkali (from Uarm(m), priced by Quaritch, no. 30031, 7s. Gd. 1). 184.—Comparative vocabulary of the Cliiij- Die Spuren der aztekischen .Sjirache owyan and Kutchin (Sussee), p. 185; of the Chepewyan and Dogrib, pp. 185-186; of the im nordlicheu JVIexico uud hoheren Chepewyan and Umpqua, p. 186; of the Tahkali amerikanischen Norden. Zugleich eine and Kutchin, p. 18(5; of the Taeullies and Dog- Musterungder Yolker and Sjiracheu des rili, pj). 186-187; of the Tahkali and Umpqua; nordlicheu Mexico's und der AVestseite Kutchin and Dogiib; Snsseo and Umpqua; Nordamerika's von Guaduhixara- an bis Dogrib and irmiKjua, p. 187; of tlie Tbitskanai and Umpiiiui, p. 188.—Comparative tables of zum Eismeer. Von Joh. Carl Ed. Buscli- words of the Chepexs-yau, Talikali (from Har- mann. : —

IG BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Buschmann (J. C. E.)—Contiuued. Buschmann (J. C. E.) — Continued, In Konigliflio Akart. der "Wiss. zu Berlin, (yhippewayan and Biber (both from McLean), Ablian(llunj.'eu aiis dcm .Talire 1854, Zwciter pp. 520-531.— General discussion, pp. 531-545. Siipp.-Rand. pp. 1-HlO (forms the whole vol- Systematische Worttafel des athapaskischen ume), Berlin, 1859, i"^. Sprachstamms, including words of the Apache, General discussion of tlie iSrava,jo, pp. 293- Apacbcn der Kupfergruben, Atnah, Biber- 208; of the Apache, pp. 298-322.—Comparative Indianor, Chepewyan, Dogrib, Hoopah, Inkilik, vocahiilary (42 words) of the Nava,jo and Ti- Inkalit, Kinai, Koltschanen, Koloschen, Kut- corilla (from Simpson), p. 320.—General discus- chin, Kwalbioqua, Loncheu-ic, Navajo, Northem sion " Athapaskischer Sprachstamm," pp. 322- Indians, I'inaleuo, Sussee. Sicani, Tahkali oder 323.—Remarks on the Iloopah, with a short vo- Tacnllies, Thifskanai, ngalenzen oder Ugal- cabulary, pp. 575-570.— Remarks on Kali's Etli- achmjut, Umpqua, and Xicarilla, pp. 546-581. nograpliy and Philology, with linguistic classi- Issued separately as follows Remarks on fication of languages, pp. 602-608.— Systematische Worttafel des atha- | the Atnahs, pp. 690-091.— Wortverzeichniss der paskischen aufgestellt Sprachstamms, | Atnah am Kiipferfluss, nach "Wrangell, pp. und erliiutert Joh. Carl Ed. | von 6ni-b92.—Remarks on the Kinai, jip. 095-690.— | Tnkalit, 704- Buschmann. Dritte Abtheilung des Remarks on the Inkilik and pp. | 707.—"Wortverzeichni.ss der Inkilik nach Sagos- Apache. Aus den Abhaudlungen der I kin und Wassi;iew, pp.707-708.—Wortverzeich- konigl. Akademie der Wisseuschaften niss der Inkalit-.Tug-el.juut, nach Sagoskin, p. zu Berlin 1859. 708. | Berlin. Gedruckt in der Druckerei Issued separately as follows: | der kiiuigl. Akademie der Wisseu- Die Spuren tier aztekisclien Sprache | I schaften. 1860. In Commission von und liOlieren I I im nordlicheu Mexico | I Diimmler's Verlags-Buchhandlung. Norden. Zugleicli F. amerikanischcn | | Cover title as above, title as above verso note ciuo Musterung der Yolker und Spra- text 501-581, Inhalts-tjbersicht 582- Mexico's und der 11. pp. pp. clieu d(^s uurdlielicu | I 585, Bemerkungen p. 580, 4^. von Giiadal- Westseite Nordanierika's | Linguistic contents as under title next above. Eismeer. Joli. bin zuni Vou | axara an | Copies seen : Astor, Eames, Pilling, Trum- Carl Ed. Biisclunann. bull, AVatkinson. |

Published 7 M. 80 pf ; a copy at the Fischer Berlin. Gedrnckt in der Buchdruck- at . | sale, catalogue no. 277, V)rouglit 13s. priced in der Wissen- ; orei der Konigl. Akademie , the Triibner catalogue of 1882, 3s. ecliaftcn. 1859. | Die Vfjlker und Sprachen im luneru Half-title verso blank 1 1. general title of the des britischen Nordanierika's. series verso blank 1 1. title as above verso blank Akad. der AV'iss. zu Berlin, vii-xii, In Konigliche 1 1. abgekiirtzte Inhalts-tJbersicht pp. Monatsl>ericbto aus dcm -lahre 1858, pp. 465-486, text pp. 1-713, Einleitung in das geographiscbc Berlin, 1859, 8°. (National Museum.) Register pp. 714-718, geographische Register Mainly devoted to the Athapascan and its pp. 718-815, vermiscliteKachweisuugenpp. 810- various divisions. 818, Verbessorungen, p. 819, 4°.

CojHcs seen : Astor, Brinton, Eame.s, liaison- Das Ai)acho als eino athapaskische neuve, Quaritch, Smithsonian Institution, Spracho erwiescn von Hrn. Buschmann Trumbull, Pilling. in Vorbindung mit einer systemati- Published at 20 Marks. An uncut half-mo- schen Worttafel des athapaskischen rocco copy was sold at the Fischer sale, catalogue no. 269, to t^uaritch, for 2^. lU.; the latter Sprachstamms. Erste Abtheilung. Itrices two copies, catalogue no. 12552, one 2?. 2s. InKfiniglicho Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Ab- aus Jahro 1860, 187-282, the olher2Z. ]0». ; the Pinartoopy, catalogne no. haudlungen, dem pp. 1861, 4°. 178, brought 9 fr. ; Koehler, catalogue no. 440, Berlin,

it 13 50 pf. priced again by Quaritch, Geschichte der athapaskischen Verwandt- prices M. ; no. 30037, 21. schaft, pp. 187-202.— Nachrichten iiber die Volker, pp. 202-222.—Spr.ichen, pp. 223-244.— Systeiuatische Worttafel des atlia- Wortverzoichnisse, pp. 244-276. Sprachstaniui.s, aulgestellt paskLsclien Under the three divisions first niimed occurs nnd erliiutert von Hrn. Buschmann. a general discussion of tlie various Athapascan (Dritte Abtheilung des Apaclie.) languages, with comments upon and examples In Konigliche Akad. der Wisa. zu Berlin, from the works of Turner, Eaton, Wliipple, A))liandlnngen, aus dem Jahre 1859, pt. 3, pp. Bartlett, Schoolcraft, Henry, and others. ,501-580, Berlin, 1860, 4°. In the last division occur the following: General discussion, with examples, pp. 501- Comparative vocabulary of the Apache 519.— Comparative vocabulaiy. Knglish-Cliep- (from Henry), Navi\jo (from Eaton), Navajo ewyan (two dialects), Biber (two dialects) and (from Wliipple), I'iiialeno (from AYhipplc), and Compara- (all Howse), 5^0-537 of tlie Hoopali (from Gibbs), pp. 250-261.— Siccaui from pp. f : ::

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 17

Buschmann (J. C. E.) — Coutinueil. Buschmann (J. C. E.) — Continued. tive vocabulary of the Apache (from Henry), In KiJnigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Ab- Navajo (from Eaton), anil Pinaleuo (from haiuUungen, aus dem Jahre 1862, pp. 195-252, Berlin, 1863, 4°. Whipple), i>\>. 262-269.—Comparative vocabulary of the Navajo (from Eaton), and Pinaleuo Die Sprachen zusammen, alle oder mehrere, (from Whipple), pp. 269-272.—Vocabulary of pp. 196-208. — Verwandschafts - Verhaltnisse the Coppermine Ajjacho (from Bartlett), p. mit beschrankten Sprachen, pp. 208-226.—Bios 272.—Vocabulary of the Xicarilla (from Simp- 7.wei Sprachen vergleichen, pp. 226-236.—Stu- son), p. 273. fenleiter der Verwandschaft der athapaskis- I.ssued sei>arately a.s follows chfu Sprachen, pp. 251-2.52. The languages treated are the Apache, als eiue atliapaskische Das Apjiche | Nav:yo, Pinaleuo, Xicarilla, Hoopah, Chepe- erwieseu Joli. Carl Ed. Sprache | von | wyaTi, Susseo, Tahkali, Tlatskanai, TJmpqua, in mit eiiier Busclimann | Verbimlnng ; Kinai, Dogrib, Inkalik, Loucheux, Ugalenzi. systeniatisfhou Worttafcl des atha- Issued separately as follows I paskisclieii Spraohstaiiiins. Erste Ab- | Die Verwandschafts - Verhaltnisse theilung. Au8 den AbUandlnngen dor | der athapaskiseben Sprachen darge- ] I konigl. Akademie der Wisseuscliaften stellt von Job. Carl Ed. Buschmann. I zii Berlin 1860. | Zweite Abtheilung des Apache. I ( | Berlin. Gedrnckt in der Drnckerei | Aus den Abbandluugen der konigl. der konigl. Akademie der | Wissen- Akademie der Wisseuschaften zn Ber- schaften. 1860. In | | Commissiou von lin 1862. i F. Dliinmler's Verlags-Bucbliaudlnug. Berlin. Gedruelvt in der Drnckerei | Cover title, title 1 1. text pp. 187-252, 4°. der konigl. der Wisseu- Akademie | Linguistic coutent.s as under title next above. schaften, 1863. In Commission bel I I Gvpwg seen .- Dunbar, Pillinjf, Watkinson. F. Diimmler's Verlags-Bucbhandluug Die Verwandiseliafts - Verhiiltuisse llarwitz und Gossmann. der athapaskiseben Sprachen darge- I Cover title, title 1 1. text pp. 195-252, 4^. stellt von Hrn. Buscbniaun. Zweite Linguistic contents as under title next above.

Abtbeilnng des Apache. Copies seen : Bancroft, Pilling, Watkinson.

Campbell (John). The affiliation of the Campbell (.1.) — Continued. Algonquin languages. By Jobu Camp- em Asiatic and Malay Polynesian families, re- bell, M. A. spectively. It abounds in words and sentences from and remarks concerning the American In Canadian In.st. Proc. new series, vol. 1, pt. languages, among them the Tiiineh. 1, pp. 15-53, Toronto, 1879, 8°. Comparison of characteristic forms in Algon- Origin of the aborigines of Canada. quin, with the same in neighboring families, In Quebec Lit. and Hist. Soc. Trans, session among them the Athapascan. 1880-1881, pp. 61-93, and appendix, pp. i-xxxiv, Issued sep.arately as follows Quel)ec, 1882, 12°. (Pilling.) The affiliation of the Algonquin lan- The first part of this paper is an endeavor to show a resemblance between various families guages. By John Campbell, M. A., ^iro- of the New World and between these and va- fessor of church history, Presbyterian rious peoples of the Old World, and contains college, Montreal. words in several American languages. Com- [Toronto, 1879.] parative vocabulary of the Tinneh and Tungus Ko title-page, text pp. 1-41, 8^. languages, about 75 words and phrases, pp. Linguistics as under title next above. xii-xiv.

Copies seen : Shea. Issued separately as follows Origin of the aborigines of The unity of the human race, consid- | | Can- ered from an ada. A paper read before the Literary American standpoint. I and historical society, bj^ In British and Foreign Evangelical Keview, Quebec, | | | new series, no. 37, pp. 74-101, London, January, lU'of. J. Campbell, M. A., (of Mon- | 1880,8°. (Pilling.) treal,) D616gn6 Gom^ral de ITnstitu- By a copious exhibition and comparison of I tion Ethnographi([ue de Paris. grammatical and lexical forms, this ai'ticle pro- | Quebec: printed at the "Morning fesses to discover in America two main families | speech, to chronicle" of and connect these with the North- office. ( 1881, ATH 2 :

18 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Campbell (J.) — Continued. Printed cover as above, title as above verso

blank 1 1. fledioation verso blanlc 1 1. text pp. 1-3H, and appendix pp. i-xxxiv. 8°. Twenty-live copies printed. Linguistic contents as nniltr titlnu'xt above.

Copies seen : "Wellesley. Asiatic tribos in North Amorica. By John Canipltell, M. A.

In Canadian Inst. Proc. new .series, vol. 1, pp. 171-206, Toronto, 1884. 8°. General comments oji the Tinneh family,

with a li.st of tribes and examples, pp. 172-173, 174-175.—Coniparativevocabulary of the Tinneh and Tnn,i;us languages (about 80 words, alphabetically arranged by English words), pp. 190- 191. —Numerals 1-10 of the Tinneh compared with the Peninsular, p. 192. Issued separately, rejiaged, as follows — — Asiatic | tribes in North America. | John Campbell, M.A., Professor By | of Church History, Presbyterian College, Montreal. [Toronto, 1884.]

Half-title reverse blank 1 1. no inside title, text pp. 3-38, 8°. Extract from the Proceed- ings of the Canadian Institute. Linguistic." as under title next above, pp. 4-

5, 0-7, 22-23, 24.

Copies seen : Brinton, Pilling, "Wellesloy.

Canadian Indian. Vol. I. October, 1890.

No. I [-Vol. I. September, 1891. No.

dian Indian Kesearchal [.sic] Society | Contents [*fcc. double colnnuis, each I | eight lines.] Single Copies, 20 cents. | Annual Subscription, $2.00. | Printed and Published by Jno. Ruth- erf(ud, Owen Sound, Ontario [Canada]. [1890-1891.] 12 numbers: cover title as above, text pp. 1- 356, 8°. A continuation of Our Forest Children, described elsewhere in this bibliography. The publication was suspended with the twelfth number, with the intention of resuming it in January, 1892. The word "Kesearchal " on the cover of the first number was corrected to " Kesearch " in the following numbers. Wilson (E. F.), A comiiarativo vocabulary, vol. l,p]). 104-107.

Cnjnes seen : Fames, Pilling, Wcllesley. Carrier Indians. :

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 19

Chipew^yan primer. See Bompas (W. Chippe'wyan — Cpntiniied. C.) Vocabulary M'Lean (J.) Chippewyan Vocabulary McPherson (H.) Vocabulary Reeve (TV. D.) Uaptismal card See Church. Vocabulary Richardson (J.) Bible, New test. Kirkby (TV. W.) Vocabulary Roehrig (F. Bible, four gospels Kirkby {W. W.) L. 0.) Vocabulary Ross (R. B.) Bible passages Church. Vocabulary Thompson (E.) Catechism Kirkby ("W.W.) Vocabulary TVhipple TV.) Catechism Kirkby (W.W.) and (A. Vocabulary TVilson (E. F.) Bompas (W. C.) TVords Charencey (H. de), General digcussion Adeluug (J. C.) and TVords Ellis (R.) Vater(J. S.) TVords Latham (R. General discussion Duncan (D.) G.) TVords Lesley (J. P.) General discussion Tache (A. A.) TVords Schomburgk (R.H.) Gramma tic comments Gallatin (A.) TVorda Tobnie (TV.F.) and Grammatio conuuents Grandin ( —). Dawson M.) Grammatic treatise Bancroft (H. H.) (G. See also Athapascan Hymn book Kirkby (W.W.) ; Montagnais ; Tinn^. Hymns Bompas {^Y. C.) Chiracahua Apache. See Apache. Hymns Kirkby {W. W.) Church Missionary Gleaner. Languages Hymns Kirkby ( W. W.) and of N. W. America. Bompas ("W. C.) In Church Missioniiry Gleaner, no. 00, Lon- Legends Petitot (E. F. S. J.) don, 1881, 4°. (TVellesley.) Lord's prayer Apostolides (S.) Contains St. .John, iii, 16, in Chippewyan or Lord's i)rayer Bergholtz (G. F.) Tinne in botli roman and syllabic characters, Lord's prayer Bompas (\V. Q.) and in Tukudh. Lord's jjrayer Kirkby (W. W.) Reprinted from the British and Foreign Bible Lord's prayer Lord's. Society's Specimens, etc. Lord's prayer Rost (R.)

Church Missionary Society : These words follow- Numerals Buschmann ( J.C.E.) Numerals Classical. ing a title or inclosed within parentheses after Ntimerals Ellis (R.) a note indicate that a copy of the work referred Numerals Haines (E.J.) to has been seen by the compiler in the librarj' Numerals James (E.) of that institution, London, PIngland. Niimerals Kirkby (W. TV.) Church Missionary Society. | Diocese of Numerals Pott (A.F.) Mackenzie river, N. AV. | T. | One lord, Numerals Tolmie (W. F.) and one faith, one baptism. Matt, xxviii. Dawson (G. M.) | 19. Born of Water | and Of the Prayer book Kirkby (TV. TV.) I | book Kirkby (TV. T\'.) and Spirit. Lnke xviii. 16. Prayer | Name I Bompas (TV. C.) Baptized by the Rev at I | Prayers Bompas (TT^C.) on Sjionsors I Prayers Tuttle (C. R.) | [Scripture text from Primer Bompas (TV. C.) I I Proper names Catlin (G.) Mark xvi. 16. two lines.]

Songs Petitot (E. F.S.J.) [London : Church missionary soci- Syllabary Syllabarium. ety. 187-?] Syllabary Tultle (C. R.) Card, G{ by 5 inches, verso picture of bap- Ten commandments Bomjias (TV. C.) tism. Prepared for use among the Chippewyan Ten commandments Kirkby (TV. TV.) Indians. Text Petitot (E. F. S.J.) Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. Tribal names Anderson (A. C.) [One line syllabic characters.] Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and | Missionary Society. Diocese Church | Vater (J. S.) of Mackenzie river, N. T. Vocabulary Anderson (A. | W. [One C.) | Vocabulary Balbi(A.) line syllabic ch.aracters.] Indian | Vocabulary Bancroft (H. H.) Name | Baptized Name Vocabulary Bomjjas (TV^. C.) the Rev on By | Vocabulary Buschmann (J.C.E.) I 18.. [One line syllabic characters.] Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) I Vocabulary Howse (J.) [London: Church missionary soci-

Vocabulary Jehan (L. F.) ety. 187- f] Vocabulary Kennicott (R.) Card, 4f by ^ inches, verso picture of bap- Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) tism. Prepared for use .imong the Chippewyan Vocabulary Lefroy (J. H.) Indians.

Vocabulary Mackenzie (A.) Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. —

20 BIBLIOGRArHY OF THE

Classical. The clnNHical journal; for Coquille : | | Scptcmltcr any A. J. Valpy, | | Crane (Agnes). The Origin of Took'.s court, Chancery lane; sold Speech | by and Development of Language. Sherwood, Neely, Jones, I I | | and Pater- I By Agnes Crane. noster row and all other booksellers. I ; I [Brighton: J. G. Bishoii, Printer, [1811.] "Herald" office, 188-?] Title vorso blank 1 1. contents (of no. vii) pp. Cover title as above verso jirinter, no inside iii-iv, text i)p. 1-520, inilex pp. 527-5117, verso j). title, 1-4;!, autliorities ]i. 16°. 51)7 coloplion giviiifi date 181], 8o. text pp. [44], Comments ujion and examples in of KuiiieralH 1-10 in Chippowynn (t'roiii Mac- a number kenzie), p. 116. American languages, among them a few Tinu6 words, 21. Copies seen : Congress. p.

Copies seen .- "Wellesley. [Glut (Archbishop J.)] .T6sns-Christ Creniony (John C.) Life among the Nii/jaiikauuweri, w6 dze pany^nik'efan |

Apaches: | T)y C. | John Crcmouy, lawalessi unzin awo'ld y(^niwen si tta, | I interpreter [»fec. four lines.] [Mono- d(Sgay6 Mokeri Bare | | Alaco /jauuiyat- gram.] 'iui"on 'e ekkwaaddi: I Francisco: A. San | Roman com- [Dayton, Ohio: Philij) A. Kemper. & pany, publishers. York: 27 1888?] | New How- small ard Street. 1868. A card, abont 3 liy 5 inches in size, |

hearted as alwveand containing twelve "Prom- Title verso copyright 1 1. dedication verso

isees of Our Lord to IJIessed Margaret Mary" blank 1 1. c(mtents pp. 5-10, preface pp. 11-12, in the Dog Rib (' Plats-Cote.s ") language. On text pp. 13-:«2, 12^. the reverse is a colored i>icture of the sacred Apache numerals 1-1000, pp. 238-230. —A lieart, with verse in English. Mr. Tvemper lias short account of the Apache language, with publislied the same promises on similar cards examples, pp. 230-243.

in many languages. Copies seen : Geological Survey.

Copies seen : Eames, Pilling.

Vocabulary of the | Mescalero | Dene Castor catechism by 11. P. J. language. Cre- Apache | | By | John C. Glut, liishop of Erundel. (*) niony, capt. U. S. A. 1863 I I Manuscript in possession of Father l5milo Manuscript, pp. 1-78, 4°, in the Bancroft Potitot, Mareuil-les-Meaux, France, who lias library, San Francisco, Cal. kindly furnished the title. me above See Vocabulary of words in common use, 352 Petitot (E. F.S.J.) words, pp. 1-15.—Present, imperfect, and future Coleccion polididmica Mexicana <|ue tenses, inilicative mood, verb to be, p. 16. | contiene la oracion Author unable to continue investigation liy ( dominical ver- | reason of the lack of ability on the part of tlie tida en cincuenta y dos idiomas indi- interpreter.—Personal pronouns, p. 17. —Pres- genos de aquella repiiblica dedicada I [ ent, imperfect, and future tenses, indicative d N. S. P. el senor Pio IX, pont. max. I mood, and present of subju:ictive mood, verb to ppr la sociedad Mexicana de do, pp. 18-19.— All tlie tenses of indicative I geo- I grafia y estadistica. [Vignette.] mood, j)artof subjunctive and all of imperative | | moods, verb to love, p]). 20-22. —Indicative and Mexico libreria- de Eugenio Maille- I imperative moods, verb to eat, ])p. 24-26. —Same fert (-omp. y | es(|nina d(^l Kefugio y moods, verb to sleep, \t\i. 26-28.—List of 125 Pte. del Espiritu santo [Inipreuta de in use, 28-40. | verbs common pp. —Vocabulary of Audrade y Esealante] 1860 lifty-four miscellaneous words, pp. 40-44. sliort Title verso i>rinters 1 1. text pp. i-vii, 1-52, Thirty-eight phrases in ordinary u.se, pp. folio. 48-54.—Numerals to 20, irregularly to 100, for Lord's prayer in the Lipan language, p. 12. • 200, 1000, 2000, pp. 5()-58.—A))aclie and Spanish €opies seen : Pilling. names of tliirty-six men and thirteen women of tlie tribe, witli signification in English, Congress : This word following a title or within pp. l)arentlieaes after a n(,te indicates that a copy 60-64. —Mode of Ix'stowing names on persons, of the woik ret'er?ed to has been seen by the pp. 64-66.— Additional words and phrases, pp. comi)iler in the Lilirarv of (.'ongress, AVashing- 68-78. ton, 1). C. Vocaliulary of the language of the Cook's Inlet Indians. SeoKenai. Mescalero Apaches. Copper Indians. See Ahtinne. Manuscript, 6 unnnmbered 11. folio, in the Coppermine Apache. See Apache. library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Obtained —

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 21

Cremony (J. C.) — Coutiuued. Crook (G.) — Continued. by Capt. Creuiouy at Fort SuniKer, Bo.s(iiu' the cavalry of the Army of the I'otomac from Kedondo, on the Pecos liiver, N. Mex., in 18C;{. March 26 till April 9, during which time he was Kecorded ou cue of tlie blank forms of 180 engaged at Dinwiddle Court-House, Jetters- words issued by the Smithsonian Institution. ville. Sailor's Creek, and Farmville, till the sur- The Apache equivalents of about 160 of the render at Appomattox. He was afterward English words are given. This nnmuscript is transferred to the command of Wilmington, N. a copy, by Dr. Geo. Gibbs; the whereabouts of C, whore ho remained from Sept. 1, 1865, till the original, which was forwarded to the Smith- Jan. 15, 1866, when he was mustered out of the sonian Institution by Brig. Gen. James H. volunteer service. After a six weeks' leave of Carletou, then commanding the Department of absence he was assigned to duty on tlie board Mexico, I New do not know. appointed to examine rifle tactics, was com- Crook (Gen. George). Vocal)ulary of missioned lieutenant-colonel of the Twenty- third infantry, U. S. Army, the Hoopali or ludiaus of the lower ou July 28, 1866, and assigned to the district of Boise, Idaho, where Trinity river. he remained until 1872, actively engaged against Manuscript, 2 leaves, 4°, in the library of the the Indians. In 1872 Gen. Crook was assigned Bureau of Ethnology, "Washington, D. C. to the Arizona district to quell the Indian dis- Consists of about 150 words selected from turbances. He sent an ultimatum to the chiefs those used by the Smithsonian ou its blank to return to their reservations or "be wiped form of 180 words. from the face of the earth." No attention was Vocabulary of the Taliiwa language. paid to his demand, and he .attacked them in Manu.script, 3 umiuimbered leaves, folio, in the Ton to basin, a stronghold deemed impreg- the library of the Bureau of Ethnology, Wash- nable, and enforced submission. In 1875 he ington, D. C. was ordered to quell the disturbances in the Recorded on one of the Smithsonian forms Sioux find Cheyenne nations in the northwest, issued for the collection of American linguis- and defeated those Indi.ans in the battle ot tics. The English words given number 180, Powder River, Wyoming. In March another and the corresponding blanks in this vocabu- battle resulted in the destruction of 125 lodges,

lary are all filled. and in June the battle of Tongue River was a, In the same library is a copy of this vocabu- victory for Crook. A few days later the battle lary, made by Dr. Geo. Gibbs. of the Rosebud gave him another, when the maddened savages massed their forces and suc- George Crook, soldier, was l)orn, near Daj'ton, ceeded in crushing Custer. Crook, on receiving Ohio, Sept. 8, 1828. Ho was gnwlnated at the reenforcements, struck a severe blow at Slim U. S. Military Academy in 1852, and was on Buttes, Dakota, and followed it up with such duty with the Fourth Infantry in California in relentless vigor th.at by May, 1877, all the hos- 1852-1861 . He participated in the Rogue river tile tribes in the northwest had yielded. In expedition in 1856, and commanded the Pitt 1882 he returned to Arizona, forced the Mor- river expedition in 1857, where ho was engaged mons, squatters, miners, and stock-raisers in several actions, in one of which he was to va

defeatexl it, and drove it across the Tennessee M.iuuscriiit, 101 pp. 4°, in the library of tlie with great loss. He entered upon the conunand Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in tlie Hoojia of the Kanawha district in western Virginia in Valley, December, 1888 - .January, 1889. Re- February, 1864, made constant raids, and was corded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to in numerous actions. He took part in .Sheri- the Study of Indian L.anguages, second edition, dan's Shenandoah campaign in tlie autiunn of pp. 77-102, 105, lOlUlll, 113-12.5, 127-130, 132-136, that year and received tlie brevets of brigadier- 184-187, 189-228, and 5 unnumbered pages at tdie general and major-general in the U. S. Army, end. Of the schedules given in the work nos.

March 13, 1865. Gea. Crook had command of 1,2,3,4,5,6,7, 8, 18,22, 24, 25, 26, 27, and 28 are —

22 BIBHOGRAPHY OF THE

Curtin (.f . ) — i 'outiiiucd. Cushiug (F. II.) —Continued.. (Munplctily filled, iios. 10, 11!, 14, 10, 17, IK, lit, .Id, See Gatschet (A. 8.) 21, anil 'S.i are partly tilled, and nos. 9, 11, and 15 Frank Hamilton dishing was born iii Nortli- are lilank. east, Erie County, Pa., July 22, 1857. He mani- The alphabet adopted by the Bureau of Eth- fested iii early childhood a love for archeolog- nology is used. ical pursuits, and at the age of eiglit years Jeremiah Curtin was born in Milwaukee, began to collect fossils and minerals, made a Wis., about 1835. He had little education in complete Indian costume, and lived in a bark childhood, but at the age of twenty or twenty- hut in the woods. He learned that wherever oue prepared himself to enter Phillips Exeter Indian encampinents had been long established A

same year he returned to Zuni ; but in the spring made valuable researches under the auspices of 1884 failing health obliged his return for two of Maj. John AV. Powell and the Bureau of years to the cast. Again he had with him for Ethnology. He is said to 1)0 acquainted with some time three of the Zunis, to aid him in the more than fifty languages. Appleton's Ci/clop. preparation of a dictionary and grammar of of Am. Biog. their language and in translations of myth and Cushiug (Frank Hiunilton). Vocabu- beast stories, songs, and rituals. In 1886 Mr. lary orthe Navajo language. Cushing organized the Hemenway Arch.Tolog- Manu.script in possession of Mr. A.S. Gat- ical Expedition, and as its director discovered schet, Washington, D. C. and excavated extensive buried cities in Ari-

Recorded in a folio blanii book, on p. 46 of zona and New Mexico ; but in 1888 he was again which are tweiity-foursenteuces, and, on p. 73, Iji'ostrated by illness. He is now writing con- twenty-live words and phrases. This is a copy, tiibutions for the Bureau of Ethnology on the made by Mr. Gatschet from the original, which relation of primitive drama to creation loi'e and is in the ijoaaeasiou of its compiler. other Zuiii works. : —

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 23

Daa (Lud\Tig Kristcuseu). On the affin- Dall (W. H.) — Continued. ities between tlie languages of the Address by William H. Dall. Vice- northern tribes of the old and new con- president, section H, anthropology, tinents. By Lewis Kr. Daa, Esq., of The native tribes of Alaska. Christiania, Norway. (Read December In American Ass. Adv. Sci. Proc. vol. 34, pp. the 20th.) 363-379, Salem, 1886, 8°. (Pilliug.) General discussion of the habitat and affin- lu Philological Soc. [of London] Trans. 185C, ities of the Tinneh or Athabaskans, p. 376. pp. 251-294, London [1857], S'^. (Congress.) Tribal divisions of the Tiuueh, pp. 378-379. Uoniparative tables showing atfiuities be- Issued separately as follows tween Asiatic and American languages, pp. of Alaska. The native tribes | An 264-285, contain words from many Nortli | address before the section of American languages, the Athapascan being as | |

follows : Athabasca, Beaver, Kutchin, Sik.anni, anthropology of the American asso- | | Tahkali, Navajo, Jecorilla, Tlatskanai, Kinai, ciation for the advancement of science, Loucheux, Atnah, Ugaleaz, Umkwa, Dogrib, at Ai'bor, August, 1885. Ann | By N-avajo, and Apache. I I | William H. Dall. Vice president. | | (William Alaska and Dall Healey). | | (From the Proceedings of the American its re.sources. H. Dall, | By William | | Association for the Advancement of | director of the scientific corps of the Science, Vol. xxxiv, Ann Arbor Meet- late Western union telegraph expedi- | ing, August, 1885.) I tion. [Design.] I | Printed at the Salem press. Salem, |

Boston : Shepard. 1870. | Lee and | Mass. 1885. I

Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright and Cover title as above, title as above ver.so

printers 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. intro- blauk 1 1. text pp. 3-19, 8°.

duction pp. v-viii, contents i)p. ix-xii, half-title General remarks uptm the habitat and affin- 16. verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-52G, appendix i)p. ities of the Tinneh or Atliabaskaus, p. 527-C09, index pp. 610-027, notes etc. p. [628], Tribal divisions of the Tinneh, pp. 18-19.

maps and plates, 8°. Copies seen : Fames, Pilliug. Comparative \ocabuL'ir3' of 26 words and the ! AVilliam Healey Uall, naturalist, was born in 1-10 of the Ugaleutsi, Kenai- numerals Ahtena, Boston, Mass., Aug. 21, 1845. He was educated ten;i, Teniin-Kutch'in, Kiitchd-Kutch'in, Kai- at the, Boston public schools, and then became yuhkhatdna (Ulukuk), Kdiyukliatana (nortli- — a .speci.al pupil in natiu'al sciences under Louis easteru) and Unakhatdna, pp. 550-5.')l. "Words Agassiz and in anatomy and medicine under vocabularies the Tiuneh tribes," towards of Jettries Wymau and Daniel Braiuard. In 1865 he vocabulary of the constituting a comparative was appointed lieuteuaut in the International Niililto In'galik, Ulu'kuk lu'galik, Tanana telegraph expedition, and iu tliis capacity vis- In'galik, TTuakhatdua, and Teuan Kutchin, ited Alaska in 1865-1868. From 1871 till 1880 5G6-575. pp. he was assistant to the U. S. Coast Survey Copies seen .- Boston Athenseum, British Mu- and underits direction spent the years 1871 to seum, Congress, Eames, Powell, Triuiibull, 1874 and 1884 in that district. His work, besides Watkinson. the exploration and description of the geog- A copy at the Field sale, catalogue no. 480, raphy, included the anthropology, natural his- brought .$1.50. tory, and geology of the Alaskan and adjacent

Some copies have the imprint, London : | regions. From the field work and collections Sampson Son, Marston, (Jrown Low, and | have resulted maps, memoirs, coast pilot, and Buildings, 188, Fleet Street. 1870. (British | ]iapers on these subjects or branches of them. Museum, Bureau of Ethnology.) [Since 1884 ho has been] paleontologist to the On the Distribution of the Native TJ. S. Geological Survey, and since 1869 he has boon honorary curator of the department of Tribes of Alaska and the adjacent ter- mollusks intheU. S. National Mu.seiun. In this i ritory. By W. H. Dall. \ office he has made studies of recent and fossil

In American Ass. Adv. Sci. Proc. vol. 18, pp. mollusks of the world, and especially of North 203-273, and 2 folding sheets, Cambridge, 1870, 8°. ^ America, from which new infonnation has been Contains, ou a folding sheet between pp. 272- derived concerning the brachiopoda, patellidje,

273, SI vocabulary of 26 words and the numerals chitouidse, and the mollusk fauna of the deep 1-10 of the ITgalentsi, Ahtena, Tenan-kutchin, eea. These studies have grown out of those Kutcha-kutchin, Unakhatana, KaiyuhkUotaua i de\oted to the fauna of northwestern America of Ululuk River anil Kaiyuli River. y and eastern Siberia. Mr. Dall h&a beeu honored — : ;

24 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Dall ( W. H.) — Continued. Davidson (G.) — Continued. with electious to ueiirly all the scientific soci- of 19th of December last, transmitting corre- eties iu this country, aiiil to many abroad. In spondence in relation to llussian America.

1882 and iu 188.3 he was vice ])rcsidcut of the (Washington, 1868.] Pp. 1-361, pt. 2, pp. 1-19, 8°. Aniericau Associatiou for the Advaiicemcut of (Geological Survey.) Science, and presided over the sections of biol- Mr. Davidson's report occupies pp. 219-361, ogy and anthroj)ology. His scientilic iiaper.s and contains, pp. 328-333, a vocabulary of the include about two hundred titli's. Aniong the Keuay (from Lisiansky) of 300 words, alphabet- "' separate books are "Alaska and its Resources ically arranged by English entries. " (Boston, 1870) ; Tribes of the Extreme North- Keprinted as follows west" (Washington, 1877); "Coast Pilot of United States coast survey. Benja- | Alaska, Appendix 1, Meteorology and Bibliog- min Peirce, superintendent. Pacific raphy "( 1879) ; "The Currents and Tempera- | tures of Bering Sea and the Ailjaceut Waters" coast. Coast pilot of Alaska, (first I | (1882); "Pacific Coast Pilot and Lslands of part,) from southern boundary to I Alaska, Di.Kou Entrance to Yakutat Bay, with Cook's inlet. Davidson, By | George | the Inland Passage" (1883); "Prehistoric | assistant coast survej'. 1869. | America," by the Marquis de Nadaillac, edited | Washington: Government printing (New York, 1885); and "Keport on the Mol- | lusca, Bra«hiopoda, and Pelecypoda" of the office 1869. I

Blake dredging expedition in the West In- Title verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. 3-4, dies (Cambridge, 1886). Applcton's Cyclop, of text pp. 5-192, appendices pp. 193-246, index pp.

Am. Biog. 247-2.') 1, 8°. Linguistic contents as under titles above, David vi psalmut Tukudh. See M'Don- pp. 21.5-221.

ald(R.) Copies seen : Pilling.

Davidoff (Gavrilalvanovioh), AayKpaTHoe Davis (William Watts Hart), El Gringo nyTeuiecTBie bi AMepiiKy MopcitHxi o^uqe- or, New Mexico and her people. | ( I I | H. Davis, late XBOCTOBa II 4ilBLi40Ba, nilCclHHOe By W. W. | United POBI CUMb I I I States attorney. noc.ilijiniMi. 'lacTi HppBaH [-BTopaa]. | I | Harper brothers, UeTepBvprt Ile'iauiaiio MopcKoii New York: | & Bb C. | Bb Franklin square. 1857. Tiiiiorpa*iii 1810 [-1812] ro4a. publishers, | |

Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright 1 1. ded- to voyages America | Translation. —Two | by ication verso blank 1 1. preface verso blank 1 I. officers Khwostott' and Davidott', the naval | | contents pp. vii-xii, text i)p. 13-432, 12°. the latter. Part first[-second]. written by | | " N'ocabulary of upward of sixty words in At St. Petersburg printed in the Naval | Navajo and English," pp. 419-420, furnished by Printing Office in the year 1810[-1812J. Captain H. L. Dodge and a young Indian. 2 vols. 8°. Vocabulary of the Kenai (of tribes Copies seen : British Museum, CongresB, living on Kenai Gulf, Cook's Inlet), vol. 2, pp. Eames, Geological Survey, Pilling. xiii-xxviii. Copies seen : British Museum, Congress. Dawson (George Mercer). Geological The ( fernuiu edition, Berlin, 1816, 8°, contains and natural history survey of Canada. no linguistics. Alfred R. C, Selwyn, C. M. G., LL, I Davidson (George). Report of Assistant Director. Report on au D., F. R. S., | | George Davidson relative to the re- in the Yukon district, N. exploration | sources and the coast features of Alaska adjacent northern por- W. T., and | I Territory. Columbia. 1887. tion of British | | By I In Coast Survey Ann. Rcpt. 1807, pp. 187-329, George M. Dawson, D. S., F. G. S. I | Washington, 18G9, 4°. (Geological Survey.) Published by author- [Coat of arms.] | Vocabulary of the hmguage of the n;vtives of ity of parliament. Kenai (;ibout 300 words), alphabeticjilly |

: brothers. 1888, Montreal Dawson | arranged by English entries (from Lisiausky), | In (Jeological and Nat. Hist. Survey of Can- pp. 293-298. series), vol. part Keprinted as follows: ad.a, Ann. Kept, (new 3, 1, rei)ort 15, Montreal, 1889. Title as above verso Report of Assistant George Davidson Idank 1 1. letter of transmittal verso blank 1 1. rehitive to the coast features and re- text pp. 5B-277B, 8°. sources of Alaska territory. Appendix II. Notes on the Indi.an tribes of In 40th Congress, 2d session, House of Repre- the Y-ukoii district and adjacent northern por- sentatives, Ex. Doc. No. 177, Kussian America, tion of British Columbia (pp. 191B-213B), cou- Message from the President of the United t.ains a general account of the Languages of the States, in answer to a resolution of the House region and "Short vocabularies [about 100 :

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 25

Dawson (G. M.) — Continued. Dene — Continued.

words each] of tho Tabl-taii, Ti-tslio-tiiia, and Catechism Seguin (— ). Ta-gish, obtained in 1887,'" pp. 208B-213B. Dictionaiy Morii'o (A.G.)

Copies xeen : Geological Survey. Dictionary Petitot(E. F.S.J.) Tlio ai)peiulix was issued separately as fol- Grammar Morice (A. G.) lows: Grammatic comments Morice (A. G.) Notes on the Indian tribes of tlie Grammatic treatise Petilot(E.r. S.J.) Ynkon distriet and adjacent noithein Hymns Morice (A. G.) Prayei- book Morice (A. G.) portion of British Columbia. By Pi'ayers Morice (A. G.) I). 8., F. S., George M. Dawson, G. Primer Morice (A. G.) Assistant Director, Geological Survey Sermons Morice (A.G.) of Canada. (Reprinted from the An- Songs Morice (A.G.) nual Report of Geological Survey of Text Morice (A. G.) Tribal names Morice, (A. G.) Canada, 18X7.) Vocabulary Petitot (E. F. S. J.) No titlejjage, lieading as above; text pp. 1- Words Charencey (H. de). 23, 8°. See also Tinne. Linguistics as under title next above, jip. 18- 23. Den6 Dindjie. See D^ne.

Copies seoi : Pilliiig. Dictionary: See Tolmie (W. F.) and Dawson (G. Den6 See Morice (A. G.) M.) Dfen6 Petitot (E. F.S.J.) Kcnai Radloir (L.) George Mercer Dawson was bom at Pictou, Louchenx Petitot (E. F.S.J.) Nova Scotia, Aiigu.st 1, 1840, and is the eldest Montagnaia Petitot (E. F.S.J.) son of Sir William Dawson, principal of Montagnaia Yegreville McGill University, Montreal. He was edu- (V. T.) Nav.TJo Matthews (W.) cated at McGill College and the Koyal School Pean de Lidvre Petitot (E. F. S. of Mines; hold the Duke of Cornwall's schol- J.)

arship, given by the Prince of Wales ; and took (Arthur). account An | the Dobbs | Of the Edward Forbes medal in pala'ontology and Conutrics adjoining to Iliulson's bay, the Murchison medal in geology. He was ap- | in the North-west Part of | America: pointed geologist and naturalist to Iler I containing Description of their | A Majesty's} North American Boundary Commis- I sion in 1873, and at the close of the commission's Lakes and Rivers, the Nature of the | work, in 1875, he published a leport under the Soil and Climates, and their Methods of title of " Geology and Resources of the Forty- Counnerce, &c. Shewing the Benefit | ninth Parallel." In July, 1875, he received an to be made by settling Colonies, and appointment on the geological survej' of Can- | ada. From 1875 to 1879 he was occupied in the opening a Trade in these Parts; where- geological survey and exploration of British by French will be deprived in a the | Columbia, and subsc<(iu'ntly engaged in similar great Measure of their Traffick in Furs, work both in the Nortln\est Territory and and the Communication between Can- British Columbia. Dr. Dawson is the autlior of I ada and Mississippi be cut oft". With numerous pajiers on geology, n.itural history, I I and ethnology, puldished in the Canadian Nat- An Abstract of Captain Middletou's uralist, Quarterly Journal of the Geidogical Observations upon his Journal, and | Society, Transactions of the Royal Society of Behaviour during his Voyage, and since Canada, etc. He was in 1887 selected to take Return. added, I. | To which are his | charge of the Yjikon expedition. A Letter from Bartholomew de Fonte, De Meulen (Lieut. E.) Vocabulary of Vice-Admiral of Peru and Mexico; the Kenay (Kai-ta-na) of I | language giving an Account of his Voyage from | Cook's Inlet. Lima in Peru, to prevent, or seize upon Manuscript, 10 unnumbered leaves, folio, in any Ships that should attemiit to find the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Ob- I a North-west Passage to the South tained in 1870. ( Recorded on one of the blank forms (no. 170) Sea. II. An Abstract of all the Discov- I issued by the Smithsonian Institution, contain- eries which have been publish'd of the I ing the standard vocabulary of 211 words, equiv- Islands Countries in and adjoin- | and alents of all of which are given in the Kenay. ing to the Great Western Ocean, Ije- D6n^ I twecuAme- rica, India,andChina,»fec. | Bible lessons See Faraud (H. J.) pointing out the Advantages that | may Bible ]ia8sages Grouard (E.) if a short Passage; should lie Catechism Clut (J.) be made, | Morice (A. found thro' Hudeou'e Straight to that Catechism G.) | —

26 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Dobbs (A.) — Contimu'd. Domenech (E. H. D.) — Contimied. Ocean, III. The MiuLson's Bay Com- Missionary: Canon of Montpellier: I jiauy's IV. Standard uf Member of the Pontifical Academy Charter. | The Parts of America; with Tiberina, of the Geographical and Trade iu those | | and of the Exports and Profits Ethnographical Societies of France, &c. an Account | an- nnally l)y the Hndson's Bay Illustrated with fifty-eight woodcuts made | I Company. V. Vocabnhiries of the Lan- by A. Joliet, three i>lates of ancient | | several Indian Nations Indian unisic, and a maji showing the gnages of | Tlie situation of the Indian tribes Ilnd- son's Bay. actual | to | adjoining | whole intended to shew the great Prob- and the country described by the author Passage, so Vol. I [-II]. North-west In Two Volumes | ability of a | I |

; (if discovered) London Longman, Green, Longman, long desired and which | of the highest Advantage and Roberts 1860. right of trans- be | | The would | these Kingdoms, ArthiU' Dobbs, lation is reserved. to | By Esq; Ilalf-title verso printers 1 1. title verso bl.onk I 1. dedication v-vi, preface vii-xiii, con- Printed for J. Rol)iuson, at 1 pp. pp. London: | tents pp. xv-xxi, list of illustration.s pp. xxiii- the Golden Lion in Ludgate-Street. | xxiv, text pp. 1-445; half-title verso printers 1 MDCCXLIV [1744]. 1. title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-xii, text 1. " the king " i-ii, Title verso hlank 1 To pp. pp. 1-4G5, colophon p. [466], map, plates, 8°. folded map, text pp. 1-211, 4°. List of Indi.an tribes of North America, vol. (E.), short vocabulary of the Thompson A 1, pp. 440-445. —Vocabularies, etc vol. 2, pp. 164- language spokeu amoug the Northern Indians, 189, contain 84 words of the Nav.ajo.

pp. 206-211. Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Brit- Copies seen; Astor, Boston AtheniEum, Brit- ish Museum, Congress, AVatkinson. ish Museum, Cougress, Geological Survey, At the Field sale a copy,no. 550, brought $2.37, Lenox, Trumbull. and at the Pin.art s.ale, no. 328, 6 fr. Clarke & Stevens' Nuggets, no.OOG, prices a copy lOs.Grf. CO. 1886, no. 5415, price a copy $5. A copy at the Field sale, no. 538, brought $2.50. Emanuel ITenriDioudonne Domenech, French 11. 5s., Large Priced by Quaritch, no. 11C50, author, was bom in Lyons, France, November 4, paper. At the Murphy sale, no. 804, a copy 1825 ; died in France in June, 1886. Ho became brought $3.25. Priced by Quaritch, no. 28278, a priest in the lioinan Catholic cliurch, and was

11. 4s. sent .as a mission.ary to Texas and Mexico. Dur- Dodge (Cnpt. H. L.) See Davis (W.W. ing Maximilian's residence in America, Dome- H.) nech act I'd as private chaplain to i he emperor, and he was .also almoner to the French anuy Dog Rib: during its occupation of Mexico. On his return Hymns See Bompas ("W. C.) to France he was made honorary canon of Lord's prayer Bompas (W. C.) Montpellier. His "M.anuscrit pictographique Numerals Tolmie (W. F.) and D.aw- Americain, prf^ced6 d'une notice sur rid6o- son (tl.M.) graphio des Peaux Kouges" (1860) was pub- Pr.ayera Bomp.as (W. C.) lished by the French government, with a fac- Primer Bomp.as ("W. C.) simile of a nianusci-ipt in the libr.ary of the Paris Proper names C.atlin (G.) arsenal, relating, .as ho claimed, totlie American Ten commandments Bompas ("W. C.) Indians; but the Germ.an orientalist, .Julius Text Clut(J.) Petzholdt, declared that it consisted only of Vocabulary Bsincroft (H. H.) scribbling .and incoherent illustrations of a local Vocabulary BuseluTiann (J. C. E.) German diiilect. Domenech maintained the Vocabulary Latham (11. G.) authenticity of the manuscript in a p.amphlet Vocabulary Lefroy (J. H.) entitled "La verite sur lo livro des sauvages" Vocabulary Morg.an (L. H.) (1861), which drew forth a reply from Petzholdt, Vocabulary Murray (— ). transl.ated into French under the title of " Le Vociibul.ary O'lSricu (— ). livre des sauvages an point de vuo de la civili- Vocabulary Ilichardson (J.) sation fr.an§aise " (Brussels, 1861). During the Vocabulary Whipple (A. W.) latter part of his life he produced several works Words D.aa (L. K.) pert.aining to religion and ancient history. Words Ellis (R.) Ap2^leton's Cyclop, of Am. Biog. Words Tolmie ( W.F.) and D.aw- son (G. M.) Dorsey {Ecv. .Tames Owen). Indians of Oregon. J. Dog Rib primer. See Bompas (W. C.) Siletz reservation, By Owen Dorsey. Domenech {Ahhe Emanuel Henri Dieu- In American Anthropologist, vol. 2, pp. 5.5-61, years' residence in the donnc). Seven | Washington, 1889, 8°. (Pilling.) deserts of America by North | great | Grammatic notes and examples of the Atha- 58. the abb6 Em, DomeuccL | Apostolical pascan, p. 56.—Kiiiship terms, p. I ATHAi*ASCAN LANGUAGES. 27

Dorsey (J. O.) — Contiiuiotl. Dorsey (J. O.) — Continued. 'J'ho gcntilo system of the Silctz Of the schedules given in the work no. 30 is tribes. filled and nos. 1, 2, 18, and 25 are jiartly filled. The final unnumbered pages at the end give the lu Journal ()!' American Folk-Loro, vcil.Ti, \>\t. parts of the body in detail. 227-237, Boston and New York, 1890, 8°. (Pil- ling.) [Vocabulary of Avords and phrases in List of Upper Coquillo villages (32), with the Kwa-ta'-mi or Sixes dialect of the English flefluitious, p. 232. — Athiipascaus north Tfi'(iwe-t'a'(}.fin-ne', formerly living on of Kogue Kiver (22nanu's of villages with mean- Sixes Creek, Oregon.] ings), pp. 232-233.—Chasta Costa villages (33), Manuscript, 23 4°, in the library with meanings, p. 234. —Athapascan villages pp. of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz (21) soutli of Rogue River, pp. 235-236.— Atha- Indian Agency, Oregon, August-October, pasc.in villages iu northwest Ualiforuia, pp. 236- 1884, with the assistance 237. of Jake Rooney and Jake Stuart. Recorded in a copy of Powell's Intro- [Vocabulary of words and phrases duction to the Study of Indian Languages, sec- in the dialect of the Chasta Costa or ond edition, pp. 77-78, 82, 97-102, 109-112, 115-116, Ci'-stri kqwii'-sta Indians who lived on 196, 206-207, 210, 220, 228, and three unnumbered the Eojfuc River or on one of its pages at the end. Of the schedules given in the work nos. branches, Oregon.] 1, 2, 3, 8, 12, 2.5, 27, 28, and 30 are partly filled, the Manuscript. 13 pp. 4'^, in the library of the remainder being blank. The entries sum up a Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz total of 356. The three pages at the end contain Indian Agency, Oregon, September and Octo- a number of partial verbal coujug.ations. ber, 1884. with the assistance of Government George or Tut-q6-6-s;i and two other Indians of [Vocabulary of words and phrases of the tribe. Recorded iu a copy of Powell's Intro- the Mi'-kwil-nu' ^iln-ne' tribe or gens, duction to the Study of Indian Languages, sec- formerly living on the Lower Rogue ond edition, 77-79, 97, 122, 131, 182-184, 192- pp. River, Oregon.] 193, 196, 228. Manuscript, 10 pp. 4°, in the library of the Of the schedules given in the work no. 1 is Bure.au of Ethnology. Colletited at the Siletz filled and uos. 2, 8, 12, 14, 18, 24. 25, and 30 are Indian Agency, Oregon, October, 1884, with the partly tilled. assistance of William Simpson, a native. [Words, phrases, and sentences iu Recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the language of the Chetco (Tc(V-ti- the Study of Imli.an L.anguages, second edition, !^rin-ne') formerly of Chetco River, pp. 76-81, 97, 190, 220, 228, and 8 unnumbered pages at the end. Oregon.] Of the schedules nos. 1, 2, 8, and 30 are partly Manuscript, 32 pp. 4°, in the library of the filled ; the unnumbered i)ages at the end con- Bureau of Ethnology. Collected .at the Siletz tain an extended list of the parts of the body, Indian Agency. Oregon, September, 1884, with pronouns, nouns used as classifiers, partial the assistance of B.aldwin Fairchild, a Clictco. con,jugation of a number of verbs, etc. Recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, second edition, [Words, phrases, and sentences in the pp. 77-228 and 7 extra loaves at the end, many of language of the Nal'-tfln-ue'-^ftn-ng' the pages being left blank. gens.] Of the schedules given in the work nos. 1, 2, M.anu.script, 75 pp. 4°, in the library of the

and 30 are filled ; nos. 3, 5, 7, 8, 12, 18, 24, 25, and Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz

27 are partly filled ; and the remaining numbers Indian Agency, Oregon, October, 1884, with the are blank. The unnumbered leaves at the end assist.auce of Alex Ross, chief of the gens, and cont.ain a list of the parts of the body in great a full-blood. Recorded in a copy of Powell's detail, dress and ornaments, the conjugation of Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, a number of verbs, a table of classifiers, and second edition, pp. 77-228, and 5 unnumbered pronouns. The total number of entries is 480. leaves at the end, a number of the pages being [Vocabulary of words and phrases left blank. Of the lists of words given iu this iuthe language of the Dii-ku-b6 t6'-d6, work schedules 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 13, 15. 18, and 30 are formerly living on Applegato Creek, completely filled and schedules 6, 7, 9, 14, 17, 22, Oregon.] and 24 partly filled. The extra leaves at the Manuscript, 9 4°, in pp. the library of the end contain the jjarts of the body in great de- • Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz tail, a list of pronouns, verbal classifiers, cor- Agency, Oregon, October, 1884, with the assist- relatives, and the conjugation of a number of ance of Rogue River John, a Ta-kel-nia, whose verbs. There are 1,345 entries iu all. mother was a Da-ku-be t5'-d6. Recorded iu a [Vocabulary of the Qa'-am-o'te-ne', copy of Powell's Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages.second edition, pp. 77-79, 184, formerly living at the mouth of Smith 190, 228, and 3 iinuumbered pages at the end. River, California.] ;

28 BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE

Dorsey (J. O.) — Continued. Dorsey (J. O.) — Continued.

Mauiisci-ipt, 7 jiii. 4^, in Mm library of tht< Of the schedules given in the work nos. 1, 2,

Bureau of Etliiiolo^ry. ('(.lUntfa at tho Silctz 18, 24, and 30 are filled, and nos. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, Indian Kcservatidn, Oregon, Si^pt., 1884, witli 13, 14, 10, 17, 22, and 25 are i)artly filled; the tliu assistance! of Sniitli Kivcr John. Recorileil remaining numbers are blank. There is a total iu a cojiy of Powoll's Introduction to tlio Study of 745 entries. of Indian Lanj;uaj;<'s, socond cilition, pp. 77-78, A vocabulary of the Yu'-ki-tc6 or 82,122-123,182,184, the remaining pages of the Yu'-ki-tce' ti1n-n6 dialect spoken Ijy work being left, blank. Of the .schedules given in the work uos. 1, 2, the Indians formerly living on Euchre and 18 are partly tilled. Tlie total entries amount Creek, Oregon.

to 57. Manuscrijit, 11. 4°, written on one side only, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. [A vocabulary of Avords and plirases Col- lected at tho Siletz Indian Agency, Oregon, in the dialect of the Tal'-fGc-t'du tft'- September, 1884, with the assi.stance of James or Galice Creek Indians who de, "Warner, sr., who could speak a little English. . formerly lived in Josephine County, The entries inunber 230, and are arranged in Oregon, 30 miles north of Kerby.] the order of the schedules given iu Powell's In- troduction to the Study of Indian Languages, Manuscript, 10 pp. 4°, iu tho library of the second edition. Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz James Owen Dorsej'^ was born in Baltimore, Indian Agency, Oregon, October, 1884, with the Md., in 1848. TLe attended the Central High assistance of Yad'-tfin or Galice Creek Jim School (now the City College) in 1802 and 1803, and Peter Muggins. Recorded in a copy of taking the classical course. Illness caused liim Powell's Introduction to tho Study of Indian to abandon hi.s studies when a member of tho Languages, second edition, pp. 77-228 and 2 extra second year class. In a counting room from 1804 leaves at the end, many of the pages being left to 1866. Taught from September, 1800, to Juno, blank. 1867. Entered the preparatory department of Of the schedules given in the work none is the Theological Seminary of Virginia in Sep- completely filled, and nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 12, 18, 24, tember, 1807, and the junior class of tho semi- and 30 are hut partly filled. Tho 2 leave.s at the nary in September, 1809. "Was ordained a deacon end contain the i>arts of tho bodj' in great of the Protestant Episcopal Church in the detail, a few possessive pronouns, and the con- United States by the bishop of Virginia, E.aster jugations in brief of the verbs to desire and to day, 1871. Entered upon his work among the knoiv. The entries as a whole number 254. Ponca Indians, in Dakota Territory, in May of [Words, sentences, and grammatical that year. Had an attack of scarlet fever in material in the-Tu-tu'tfm-ne', or Tn'-tu April, 1872, and one of typlio-malarial fever iu language (dialect of several villages.)] July, 1873. Owing to this illness he was Manuscript, 155 pp. 4°, in the library of the obliged to give up tho mission work in August, Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz 1873, soon after he had learned to talk to the Indian Reservation, Oregon, August-October, Indians without an interpreter. He returned to and engaged in parish work till July, 1884, with tho assistance of twelve members of Maryland direction of Maj. J. the Tu'-tu tribe. Recorded in a copy of Powell's 1878, when, under the "W. Introduction to tho Study of Indian Languages, Powell, he wont to the Omaha reservation in to increa.se his stock of lin- •second edition, pp. 70-86, 88-89, 95-103, 106, 108- Nebraska in order guistic material. On the organization of tho 129, 131-147, 149-155, 102-173, 180-185, 188-199, in 1879, he was trans- 206-213, 220, 228, and 40 unuumbored pages at Bureau of Ethnology, that time has tho end, with many intercalated pages passim. ferred thereto, and from he been continuously in linguistic and socio- Of the schedules given in the work nos. 1, 2, 3, engaged logic work for the Bureau. He remained ainong 8, 12, 13, 14, 15, 10, 18, 22, 23, 25, and 30 are filled the Omaha till April, 1880. when he returned to nos. 4, 5, G, 7, 9, 10, 17, 19, 21, 24, 26, 27, and 28 are Since tlien he has made several partly filled, and nos. 11,20, and 29 are blank. "Washington. Indian reservations for scientific pur- The total entries number 3,902, besides a text trips to not only to those occupied by tribes of with interlinear ami free translation. poses, the Siouan family, but al.so to tho Siletz reser. Vocabulary of the Upper Coquillo vation, in Oregon. At the last place, which he or Mi-ci-qwilt-mo tftn-nC. visited in 1884, he obtained vocabularies, gram- notes, etc., of languages spoken by In- Manuscript, 38 ])p. 4", in the library of the matic Kusan, Takilman, Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at the Siletz dians of the Athapascan, Indian Agency, Oregon, August-October, 1884, and Takonan stocks. The reports of his offlco will bo found in the annual witli tho assistance of Cofiuillo Thompson and and field work Ethnology. Coquillo Solomon. Recorded in a copy of reports of tho Bureau of Powell's Introduction to the Study of Indian Drake (Samuel Gardiner). The | Abo- Languages, second edition, pp. 77, 81, 84, 88-89, of North America; races | riginal | 90-98,100-103,109-111, 128-129,132-130, 183-184, | comjjrising biographical sketches of 192-198, 228, and 4 unnumbered leaves at the end. | ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 20

Drake (S. G.) — Conlinuccl. Duflot de Mofras (E.) — Continued.

aud au histor- 524 ; half-title verso printers 1 1. title verso blank eiiiiueut iudividuals, | | 1 1. text 1-500, table des chapitres 501- of the dittereut tribes, pp. pp. ical account | 504, table des cartes pj). 505-506, table analytiiiue discovery of the conti- from the first 8"^. I etc. pp. 507-514, present period with a nent to the | Numerals 1-10 of a number of American lan- I I their Origin, Antiq- guages, among them the Umpnua, vol. 2, p. 401. dissertation on | illustra- Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, JJoston Athe- uities, Manners aud Customs, | British Museum, Congress, Geological anecdotes, and a na;um, tive narratives and | Survey. index by Samuel copious analytical | I Americana Catalogue de Dufosse(E.) | edition, revised, G. Drake. Fifteenth | relatifs I'AnK^rique Europe, livres a | additions, by Prof. H. | with valuable | Asie,Afrique etOc6anic [«fec. thirty- Williams. [Quotation, six lines.] | | L. | | four lines] York. Hurst company, i»ub- I New | & Librairie aucienne et moderne de E. lishers. 122 Nassau Street. [1882.] | Dufoss6 27, rue Gu(^negaud, 27 pres Title verso eopyriglit 1 1. preface pp. 3-4, con- I | nations 9-16, le Pont-ueuf Paris tents pp. 5-8, Indian tribes and pp. | [1887]

half-title ver.so blank 1 1. tost pp. 19-707, index Printed cover as above, no inside title, table pp. 768-787, 8^. des divisions 1 1. t<'xt pp. 175-422, 8°. Gatschet (A. S.), Indian langnagos of tlio Contains, passim, titles of works in various Paoitic states and territories, pp. 748-763. Athapascan languages.

Copifs seen : A.stor, Congress, Wisconsin His- Copiet seen : Eames, Pilling. torical Society. This .series of catalogues was begun in 1876. Clarke & co. 1880, no. 6377, price a copy .$3. Dugan {Lkui. T. B.) Numerals [1-10] Duflot de Mofras (Eugene). Explora- of the White Mountain Apache.

des In Allen (II. T.), lU'iJort of an expedition to ierritoire de I'Ordgon, | tion du | I ct de la mer Vermeillc, the Copper, TananA and K6yukuk rivers, p. Californies | | 135, Washington, 1887, 8°. exdcutde pendant les ann6cs 1840, 1841 Reprinted in other articles by Allen (H. T.), et 1842, par M. Dullot de Mofras, I q. V. Attach6 h la Legation de France h I Dnnbar: This word following a title or within Mexico; ouvrage public i)ar ordre du parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of | roi, sous les auspices de M. le mar<5- the work referred to has been seen by the com- I Pr6sideut piler in the library of Mr. John B. Dunbar, chalSoult, due de Dalmatic, | Bloomfield, N. J. et de M. le miuistre des du Couseil, | races. dtrangferes. premier Duncan (David). American Com- affaires | Tome Professor [-second]. piled and abstracted by Dun- | can, M. A. Paris, Arthus Bertrand, <5diteur, I | Forms Part 6 of Spencer (H.), De.scriptive libraire de la Soci6t6 de geographic, | sociology, London, 1878, folio. (Congress.) Hautefeuille, n° 23. 1844. Rue | Under the heading " Language," pp. 40-42,

2vols.: half-title verso printers 1 1. title verso there are given conuuents and extracts from

blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. avant- various authors upon native tribes, including

propos i)p. vii-xii, avertissement verso note 1 1. examples of the Chippewyan. nota verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-518, table des Some copies h.ave the imprint Now York, D. chapitres pp. 519-521, table des cartes pp. 523- Appleton & CO. [n. d.] (Powell.)

Eames: This word following a title or within Elliot (ZieM^ William G.) See Bourke parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of (J.G.) the work referred to has been seen by the com- the library of Wilberforce Eames, Ellis (Robert). numerals as signs piler in Mr. On | | Brooklyn, N. Y. of primeval unity mankind. | among |

{('apt. .T. of the Robert Ellis, B. 1 late fellow of Baton H.) Vocabulary By )., | I language of the Navajo of New Mexico. St. John's college, Cambridge. | By Capt. .J. H. Eaton, IT. S. A. London: Triil»U('r&co.,."i7«S:59Lud- ( In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Iniliau Tribes, vol.4, hill. 1873. All rights reserved. gate | | pp. 416-431, Philadelphia. 18.54, 4^ A vocabulary of 300 words and the numerals Halt-title verso blank 1 1. title verso printer

1-100,000. 1 1. contents pp. i-iii, text pp. 1-94, 8°. );

30 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Ellis (R.) — Contiuno(l. Ellis (R.) — Continued. in Atnah,p. 52; Numerals and other words ' Sources | of the Etruscan and Basque (Atliabaskan), Chepewyan, p]). 42, 45, 54; Kenay languages. Robert Ellis, B. | D., | By I p. 88; Slave (Great Slave Lake), pp. 5.10.11; late fellow of St. John's college, I Tahlewah (California), pp. 5, 10, 24 ; Takulli, pp. Cambridge. 8,11,154; Tlatskanai. p. 88. |

including the Basque, : the old world, | | Copies seen Eames. lan- the Lycian, and the Pre-Aryan | Ernian (Georg Adolph). Ethnograi)hische Robert Ellis, guage of Etruria. | By | AVahrnehmungen und Erf^ihrungen an B.D., author of" The Asiatic affinities I den Kiistcn des Berings-Meeres von A. ai

Title ver.so printer 1 1. preface pp. iii-vii, con- Ettunetle choh . . . Takudh. See 8°. tents pp. ix-xi, errata p. [xii], text i>p. 1-219, M'Donald (R.) Words in Atna, pp. 78, 81, 85, 105, 117, 131; Ettunetle tutthug . . . I'akudh. See Athabaskan, p. 120; Apatsli, pp. 105, 123; (R.) Chepewyan, pp. 62, 81, 96, 99; Dog-Rib, p. 127; M'Donald 106, Iloopah, p. 78 ; Kenay, pp. 56, 78, 91, 104, 117 Everette (Will E.) [Words, phrases, and Kutshin, pp. 104, 106; Nav;Uio,pp. 63, 68, 83,104, sentences in the language of the Tu-tu- 105, 106, 107, 120, 122, 130. 134; Tinalero, p. 85; t6-ne and nine confederated tribes of Slave, p. 105; Takulli, pp. 51, 54, 61, 78, 91. 105, Siletz River, Oregon.] 127; Tlatskanai, pp. 83, 85; IJuikwa, pp. 31,83, Manuscript, 158 4^, iu the library of the 89, 104, 120. pp. Bureau of Etlinology. Collected December, Copies seen : British Museum, Eames, Wat- kinson. 1882. Recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduc- tion to the Study of Indian Languages, second numerals. | By Rol)crt Etruscan | edition. " Tran.sliterated at the request of tlie Ellis, B. D., late fellow of St. John's I Director of the Bureau of Ethnology from vol. college, Cambridge. ] 22 of [Everette's] Indian Languages of North Triibner co., 57 London: | & & 59, America, into the 'Bureau alphabet' at Wash- hill. 1876. (All Rights ington, July 1, 1883, and .at Fort Simcoo, Wash- Ludgate | | ington Ty., July 23, 1883. Completed August Price Two Shillings and Reserved.) | 20, 1883." Sixpence. Almost every word, phrase, and sentence as above, inside title (as above, " Cover title given in the 30 schedules of the " Introduction the last two lines) ver.so printer 1 1. omittinj; has its equivalent given in Tu-tu-t6ne, and remarks on pronunciation verso erratum and nearly every schedule has explanatory notes. 8°. addendum 1 1. text pp. 1-52, On the blank pages following the schedules Mr. A few numerals and words in Atnah, pp. 9, Everette has given the phonetic alphabet with on 13; Hoopah, p. 9. Remarks and criticisms notes and explanations. Dr. J. H. Trumbull's essay on numerals in In- Ewbank (Thomas). See Whipple (A. dian languages, p]). 12-13, note.

Copies seen : Eamoa. W.), Ewbank (T.), and Turner (W.W.)

Fairchild (Baldwin). See Dorsey (J. O. Faraud (H. J.) — Continued. kensie, I'extreme de I'Am^- | dans nord Faraone. See Apache. Britannique d'ajires les docu- rique | Faraud (Mgr. Henry J.) Dix-huit ans ments de MerrEvetiue d'Anemour par | | chez les Saiivages et mis- la | Voyages Fernand-Michel de So- | membre I

sions M''''' ev(M|ue ci^t<'>. la de Henry Faraud | fidueune Avec biographie et | I d'Anewour, vicaire apostolique deMac- le portrait ^a Mgr Faraud | ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 31

Faraud (H. J.) — Continued. Farrar (F. W.) —Continued. Librairie catboliqne de Perisse freres D., F. R. S. Late FelloAv [Jtc. three I (nouvelle maison) Regis RuiFet et C'^, lines.] edition. | New I | successeurs Paris rue Saiut-Sul- London: Longmans, Green, »feCo. | | 38, | | pice. Bruxelles place Sainte-Gudule, 1873. All rights reserved, | I I 16C. 4. 1866 Droits dc traduction et de re- i-xi, 1 1. 1-142, I I p. reserves. production Copies seen : British Museum.

Half-title verso blank 1 1. portrait 1 1. title Language and langu.ages. Being | | verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii-xvi, text pp. "Chapters on language" and | | "Fam- 1-447, t.able pp. 449-456, 8°.

ilies of speech." By the | rev. Frederic Tribiis sauvages, pp. 333-.383, contains names I W. Farrar, D. D. F. R. S. late fellow of tribes, with meanings, scattered tlirongli. |

: [&c. three lines.] Copies seen Astor, Briti.sli Museum, Shea. | New edition. | London; Longmans, Green, | and co. Dix-huit ans cliez les Sauvages | | | 1878. (All rights reserved.) et missions dans I'extrt'uie I I Voyages | de I'Amdrique Britauniqiie Half-title verso printers 1 1. title verso blank nord | 1 1. preface (November 15, 1877) verso quotations d'apres les documents de Mgr Henry 1 1. half-title (Chapters on language) ver.so dedi- Faraud [&c. one line] par | Eveqne | cation 1 1. preface to the first edition (August, Fernand-Micliel [Design] 1865) pp. ix-xii, list of illustrations verso blank | | Nouvelle Maison Perisse Fr^rcs de 1 1. synopsis pp. xiii-xx, text pp. 1-256, books Paris Librairie Catliolique et Classi- consulted pp. 257-260, half-title (Families of I speech, etc.) verso dedication 1 1. preface to the [&c. five lines] 1870 Droits de que | ] I second edition (August, 1873) ver.so blank 1 1. traduction et de reproduction reserves. contents pp. 265-267, text pp. 269-403, table of Printed cover, title 1 1. i-xix, 1-364, 12''. pp. languages p. [404], index pp. 405-411, verso as titled next Linguistics, in earlier edition ])rinters, two majis an

Copies teen : British Museum. Copies seen : .Astor. Abridgment of the bible in D^n6 Language and languages. Being | | Tchippewayan, by Mgr. Faraud, Vicar "Chapters language" oh | and | "Fam- Apostolique of Mackenzie. (*) ilies of speech." the rev. [ By | Fx'ederic In a letter from Father l5milo Potitot, dated W. Farrar, D. D. F. R. S. late | fellow from Mareuil, France, April 24, 1889, he tells me [»fec. three Hues.] edition. | New that among the manuscri])ts left by him at his |

London : Longmans, Green, co. last residence, St. Raphael dos Tchippewayan.s, | and Saskatchewan, was a copy, written by himself, 1887. (All rights reserved.) I I of the above-named work. See Grouard (E.) Half-title verso printers 1 1. title verso blank Farrar (Bei\ Frederic William). Families 1 1. jireface (November 15, 1877) verso (luotationa 1 1. lialf-title (Chapters on language) verso dedi- of four lectures sijeech: | | delivered cation 1 1. preface to th(» first edition (August, before the Royal institution | of Great 1865) pp. ix-xii, 8yuoi)sis pp. xiii-xx, text pp. 1- Britain In March 1869 by rev. | | the | 256, books consulted pp. 257-260, half-title (Fan*-

Frederic W. Farrar, M. A., F. R. S. ilies of speech, etc.) verso dedication 1 1. preface | late fellow of Trinity college [&c. four to the second edition (August, 1873) verso list of illustrations 1 1. contents pp. 205-267, text linos.] Published by request. pp. I | 269-403, table of languages p. [404], index pp.

London : | Longmans, Green, and co. 405-411, verso printers, two maps, and two 1870. I tables, 12°.

Linguistics as under the next preceding title, List of works verso blank 1 1. half-title verso 396, 397. printers 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso pp.

Copies seen : blank 1 1. preface pp. ix-x, contents pp. xi-xiii, Fames. list of illustrations xiv, text 1-187, p. pp. table (Karl). Illustrirte Faulmann | Geschichte of the chief allophylian languages p. [188], Schrift der | Popullir-Wissenschaftliche index pp. 189-192, two tables and two maps, 12°. Darstellung der A few words in Tlatskanai, p. 178. | | Entstehuug der Copies seen: Boston Athenseum, Congress, Schrift der Sprache nnd der Zahlen ( I Eames. Isowieder Schriftsysteme | allerVolker Families of Speech: | Four Lectures der Erde Karl | von | Faulmann Pro- | delivered before the | Royal I Institu- fessor der Stenographie [&c. two lines.] tion of Great Britain In | March 1869. Hit 15 Tafelu in Farben- nnd Tondruck I

By the i Rev. Frederic W. Farrar, D. und vielen I in den Text gedrucktea I :

32 BIBLIOGRxiPHY OF THE

Faulmann (K.) — Continnod. Field (T. W.) — Continued. iSchriftzoicliou und iSiOiriftprobeu. At the Field sale, no. 688,acopy brought $4.25; | at theMenzies sale, no. a "half-crushed, red [Printei-'s oniiunout.] 718, | levant morocco, gilt top, uncut copy," brought Leipzig-. A. liartlehen's Wien. Pest. | ^S.-^O. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, 18 fr. ; by Quar- 1880. Alio Keelite \orl>elial- Verlag. | | itcli, no. 11996, 15«. ; at the Pinart .sale, no. 368,

ten. it brouglit 17 fr. ; at the Murphy sale, no. 949,

Half-title Terso blank 1 1. titli^ verso printers $4.50. Priced by Quaritch, no. 30224, II.

1 1. preface v-x, content.^ xi-xvi, text pp. i>i). pp. Catalogue of the library belong- | | | 1-632, 8°. ing to Mr. Thomas Field. W. | To be Schrift tier TiinicIndianiT, p. 231. I sold at auction, Bangs, Copies ieeii : Astor, liritisli Mu.smini, Wat- | by | Merwin kinson. «&co., May 24th, 1875. and following I days. ( ) .Social hi.story of the I Featherman A | . New York. 1875, races of iiiankiiul. First div^isiou : | | I | Cover title 22 lines, title as above verso blank Nigritiaus [-Third division: | Aouco- 1 1. notice etc. pp. iii-viii, text \^\^. 1-^76, list of

Marauonians]. | By | A.Feathcrmau. | jirices pp. 377-393, supphineiit iij). 1-59, 8°. Com- [Two lines quotation.] | ])iliMl by Jose])h Sabiu, mainly froiu Mr. Field's Triil)ner A. eo., Essay, title of is given Loudon: | Ludgate which above. Hill. 1885[-89]. (All rights reserved.) Contains titles of a number of works in I : 3 vols. 8<^. various Athapascan languages. A general discn.ssion of a mimljer of North Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. A nierican families occurs in vol . 3, among them the Squier sale, no. 1178, the Apaches (pj). 184-192), inelmling, on p. 188, At an uncut copy a brief sketch of their grammar, with a few brought $1.25.

examples, among them the verb to ilrink; Nav- Four gospels . . . Slave language. ajos, pp. 193-200; and Taculles, pp. 378-384. 8eo Bonipas (W. C.)

Copies seen : Congress. Friese ( I'rof. Valentine) . See Amy (W. Field (Thomas Warren). Au essay F. M.) | (Julius). Aus Anierika. Er- Indian l)ibliograi>hy. Froebel ( towards au | | Keisen und Studien catalogue of books, relating fahrungen | von Beluga | I | Julius Froebel. Erster [-Zweiter] to the history, antiquities, languages, | I wohlfeile customs, religion, wars, literature, Band. | Zweite Ausgabe. | ( and origin of the American Indians, Leipzig Dut'sche Buchhandlung. | | I the library of Thomas Field. [1858.] in | W. ( With bibliographical and historical 2 vols. 12°. synopses of the contents of A short Mescalero-Apache vocabulary, vol. notes, and | 2, p. 163. some of the works least known. I | Copies seen : Bancroft, British Museum. York: Scribucr, Armstrong, New | First edition, Leipzig, 1857-1858, 2 vols. 8°. (-)

and CO.. I 1873. There is an English edition of this work,

Title verso printers 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, text London, Bentley, 1859, 8°, which does not con- 1-430,8°. tain the vocabulary. (Astor, Bancroft, Boston ^ pp. Titles and descriptions of works in or relating Athenieum, British Museum, Congress.)

to Athapascan languages passim. Sabin's Dictionai y, no. 25993, titles an edition

Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling. Bruxelles, 1861, 3 vols. 12°.

Gabelentz (Hans Georg Conor von der). Gabelentz (H. G. C.) — Continued.

SprachwissenschalY, iiire- Aiifga- Brief discussion and a few examples of Ath- Die | bisherigen apascan, p. 402. ben, Mcthoden und | | Copies seen : Gatschot. Ergebnisse. Von Georg von der | | Gabelentz. [Vignette.] Galice Creek Jim. See Dorsey (.J.O.) | | Leipzig, T. O. Weigel nachfolger I | Gallatin (Albert). A svnopsis of the (Chr. Herm. Tanchnitz). 185)1. | Indian tribes within the United States Cover title as above, title as above verso cast of the Kocky Mountains, and in the blank 1 1. Vorwort pp. iii-vii, Inhalts-Verzeich- Britisli and Russian possessions in North niss pp. viii-xx, text pp. 1-406, Kegister pp. 167-502, Berichtigungen p. 502, 8°. America. By the Hon. Albert Gallatin. — ; —:

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 33

Gallatin (A.) — Contiuued. Garrioch {Bev. Alfred Campbell). The lu American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Ar- according to St. trans- gospel | Mark, | cliieologia Americana), vol. 2, pp. 1-422, Cam- lated into the Beaver Indian lan- | bridge, 1836, 8°. guage by the rev. A. C. Garrioch, Subdivisions by geographic limits of the I I | missionary of the Church missionary Kinai, pp. 14-16; of the Athapascas, pp. 16-20.— languages, with grammatical examples society. Indian | 170. — Grammatical of the Chepx)eyan, p. : British and Foreign Bible Loudon | notices, Afhapascas, pp. 215-216.— Cheppeyau Society. 1886 | conjugations, p. 269.—Comparative vocabtilary Title verso blank 1 1. text entirely in the Bea- of 180 words of the Kinai (from Resanotf in ver language (roman characters) pp. 3-79, colo- Krusenstern), TacuUie (from Harmon), Chep- phon p. [80], 16°. peyau (from M'Kenzie), pp. 307-367.— Vocab- Copies seen : British and Foreign Bible So- ulary of 44 words of the Sussee (from Umfre- ciety, Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. ville), p. 374. Vocabrjlary of 13 words of the — Issued also in syllaljic characters as follows Atnah or Chin, p. 378. line syllabic characters.] [One | The Hale's Iiuliaus of north-west Amer- gospel according to St. Mai"k. | ica,aii(l vocabularies of North America I | Translated the Rev. Alfred C. by | with au ititroductiou. By Albert Gal- Garrioch, missionary of the Church latin. | society, into missionary | the lan- In Anuirlcan Eth. Soc. Trans, vol. 2, pp. xxiii- | clxxxviii, 1-130, New Torlv, 1848, 8°. of the Beaver Indians. of the guage | Brief reference to the Athapascas, their hab- diocese of Athabasca. [Seal of the | itat, etc., p. ci.— The TahkaliUmkwa family S.P.C.K.] (general discussion), pp. 9-10. —Vocabulary of I Loudon : Society for promoting 180 words of the Tahculi (from Anderson), pp. |

78-82.— Vocabulary of 60 words of the Kenai christian knowledge, | Northumber- (fromResanoft"), pp. 99-101.—Vocabulary of the land avenue, Charing cross, W. C. words Cheppeyan, Tlatskani. and Umkwa (50 [1886.] and numerals 1-10 each), p. 105. Frontispiece 1 1. title ver.so printers 1 1. sylla-

Table of generic Indian families of barium verso blank 1 1. supplementary syllaba-

languages. rium verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in syllabic In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, vol.3, characters) pp. 1-47, s(i. 16°. pp. 397-402, Philadelphia, 1853, 4°. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Society for Pro- Incliules the Athapascans, p. 401. moting Clu'istian Knowledge, Wellesley. Albert Gallatin was born in Geneva, Switzer- devotion in the Manual of | | Beaver land, January 29, 1761, and died in Astoria, L. I., language. the Rev. Alfred Indian | By | August 12, 1849. He was descended from an an- missionaryof the Church cient patrician family of Geneva, whose name had C. Garrioch, | long been honorably connected with the history missionary society. [Seal of the S. P. | of Switzerland. Young Albert had been bap- C.K.]| tized l)y the name of Abraham Alfonso Albert. : Society for promoting London | In 1773 he was sent to a boarding school, and a

christian knowledge, | Northumber- year later entered the University of Geneva, land avenue, Chariug cross, W. C. where he was graduated in 1779. He sailed from | L'Orient late in May, 1780, and reached Boston 1886.

on July 14. He entered Congress on December 7, Frontispiece 1 1. title verso printers 1 1. sylla-

1795, and continued a member of that body until barium verso blank 1 1. supplementary syllaba-

his appointment as Secretary of the Treasury in rium verso blank 1 1. text (in syllabic characters, 1801, which office he held continuously until 1813. with some headings in English and Latin) pp. His services were rewarded with the appoint- 1-87, 16°. ment of minister to France in February, 1815; Order for morning prayer, pp. 1-23. —Order he entered on the duties of this office in Janu- for evening prajer, pp. 24-39.—Prayers, etc., ary, 1816. In 1826, at the solicitation of President pp. 40-52.—Watts's first catechism, pp. 53-57. Adams, he accepted the appointment of envoy Grace, ten comm.indments, prayers, etc., pp. extraordinary to Great Britain. On his return to 57^62. —Hymns, pp. 63-74.—Selections from the United States he settled in New York City, scripture, pp. 75-87.

where, from 1831 till 1839, he was j>resident of the Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Society for Pro- National Bank of New York. In 1842 he was moting Christian Knowledge, Welle.sley. associated in the establishment of the American See Bompas (W. C.) for other editions of this Ethnological Society, becoming its first presi- work. dent, and in 1843 he was elected to hold a simi-

34 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Qkai-Tioch (A. C.) — Continiied. Gatschet (A. S.) — Continued. the Rev. A. C. Gar- Die Sprachen des Siidwestens (pp. 37-86) con- Be:iver-Cree- | By tains Navajo examples on 39, of the Church Mis- Apache and pp. rioc'h Missionary | I 40, 52, 55, 59, 62; general discussion of the eiouary Society- | Apache, linguistic divisions, etc., with com- Society for Promoting Christian parison of Apache and Ndvajo words with those London. Northumberland of the Ziini, Kiowa, Comanche, and Shoshone, Knowledge. | E. S. Brewer. pp. 62-69; Tinn^' (Apache, Navajo, Hoopa, Avenue. Cyt'lostyled by | and Taculli) words, p. 79 Sammlung von Wor- Printed by M"-" Garrioch [1885] I tern und Siitzen (pp. 87-91) contains a short Title verso blank 1 1. text (on one side of the Apache vocabulary" and one of the Ndvajo, p. leaf only) 11. 1-138, 4°. 88; an A])ache vocabulary (from White and Part I BeaveT-Euglish (alphabetically ar- Henry), p. 88-89. —Auswahl von Satzen aus den ranged by Be.iA'er words in double columns), 11. Sprachen der Tehuas, Apaches, Tonkawas und 1-64.—Part II English and Bcavor [sic] [and Acomas (pp. 91-95) contains 20 phrases in (alphabetically arranged by Engli.sh Cree] Apache (from Loew).—Worttabellen der zwolf words, in triple columns), 11. 6,")-138. Sprachen und Dialecte (pp. 97-115) contains a Copies seen : Eanies, Pilling, Society for Pro- vocabulary of 200 Mords of the A]>ache (from moting Christian Knowledge. Loew), NAvajo (from Loew), and Apache (from The original manuscript of this work is in AVhite). —Anmerkungen zu den Worttabellen the possession of its author. Fifty copies of thi^ (pp. 117-138) contains comments upon the vari- work were printed from the copy made with the ous vocabularies.—Zahlworter (pp. 139-143) con- cyclostyle by Mr. Brewer, an eniployt of the tains the numerals 1-10 of the Navajo (from society. Eaton) and Hoopa (from Schoolcraft). Mr. tiarrioch, of St. Xavier's Mission, Fort Copies seen : Astor, Brinton, British Museum, liorn Paul's Dunvegan, Peace River, was in St. Eames. Gatschet, Pilling, Trumbull, Wellesley. Parish, Red River Settlement, or Manitoba, Feb. Indian languages of the Pacific 10, 1848, and is of Scotch and English parentage. He was for three years a student at St. John's states and territories. College, Winnipeg, and in 1874 was engaged as In Magazine of American History, vol. 1, schoolmaster by Bishop Bompas for the Church pp. 145-171, New York, 1877, 4°. (Congress.) Missionary Society. The winter of 1875-'76 he A general discussion, with examples passim. spent in study with the bishop at Fort Simp- The Tinne family, with its linguistic divisions, son, McKenzie River, and was admitted to dea- the Hoopa, Rogue River, and Umpqna, is con's orders, and in the autumn of 1876 he treated on pp. 165-166. established a Church Missionary Society station Issued separatelj' as follows at Fort Vermilion under the name of Unjaga of the Pacific Indian languages | | Mr. Garrioch subsequently visited Mission. territories by Albert S. states and | | Canada and England, where he saw his trans- Gatschet Reprinted from March Num- lations printed; but in the spring of 1886 he | ber of The Magazine of American His- returned to mission work among the Beavers of Peace River, but, at Dunvegan instead of Ver- tory. milion. [New York, 1877.]

Galschet: This word following a title or within Half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 145-171. 4°.

parentheses after a note indicates that a copy of Copies seen : A.stor, Congress, Eames, Pilling, the work referred to has been seen by the com- Wellesley. piler in the library of Mr. Albert S. Gatschet, Reprinted in the following: Washington, B. C. Beach (W. W.), Indian Miscellany, pp. 416- Gatschet (Albert Samuel). Zwolf 447, Albany. 1877,8°. Drake (S. G.), Aboriginal Races of North .ans S.iidw'esten Spracheu | dem | Nord- America, pp. 748-763, New York [1880], 8°. amerikas (Pueblos- und Apache- ] A later article, with the same title, appeared MuTidarten Tonto,Tonkawa, Digger, April, 1882, number of the peri- ; | in the same Wortverzeichnisse heraus- odical, and was also issued separately. It con- Utah.) | I no Athapascan linguistics. gegeben, erliiutert und mit einer Ein- tains leitung iibor Ban, Begriitsbildung U. S. geographical surveys west of | und locale Gruppirung der amerikan- the one hundredth meridian, 1st Lieut. ischen Sprachen versehen Geo. M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, | von | | Albert S. Gatschet. [Vignette.] U. S. Army, in Charge. Appendix. | | B(thlau 1876. Linguistics. Prefaced by a classification | Hermann Weimar | of western languages. All)ert Cover title as above, title as abo\e V(*rso note Indian By

1 1. Vorwort pp. iii-iv, Inlialt \t. v. Eiuleituug 8. GatsclK^t. pp. 1-3, Lautbezeichnung p. 4, Literatur pp. 5- In Wheeler (G. M.), Report up(m U. S. Geo-

6, text pp. 7-148, illustrations pp. 149-150, large grai)liical Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 399-485, Washing- 8". ton, 1879, 4°, —

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 35

Gatschet (A. S.) — Contiuiied. Gatschet (A. S.) — Continued. Areas ami dialects of the seven linguistic Iiitroducti(m to the Study of Indian Languages, stocks (pp. 406-421), erabraces the Tinu6, pp. tirst edition. Collected at Grande Ronde 406-408. —Geueral remarks, pp. 467—485. Agency, Oregon, in 1877. Gilbert ((}. K.), Vocabulary of the Arivaipa, [Words, phrases, and sentences in pj). 424-465. the language of the Pinal Apache.] Loew (().), Vocabulary of the Arivai'pa, pp. 468-469. Manuscript, pp. 3-108, sm. 4°, in possession of its compiler. Colletited from Na-ki, an Vocabulary of the Navajo, ]>p. 424-465, Ajiache whose English iiami' is Kobt. 469. Mcintosh, a student at Hampton, Va., in August, 1883. Yarrow (H. C), \'ocabulary of the Jicarilla. Contains also a number of texts with inter- pp. 424-465. 469-470. linear English tmnslatiou. Apachc-Tinu6 laugUiijLjje. Dialect of .Vlbert Samuel Gatschet was born in St. Beat- | the Na-isha baud. Collected at Kiowa, euberg, in the Bernese 01)erland, Switzerland, | and Comanche October 3, 1832. His propaedeutic education was Apache Agency, | Ana- acquired in the lyceums of Neuchatel (1843-1 84.5) darko, Ind. Territory, in Nov. | and and of Berne (1846-1852), after which he followed Dec. 1884 by Albert S. Gatschet. | | courses in the universities of Berne and Berlin Manuscript, pp. 1-74, sm. 4°, in the library of (18.52-18.58). Hisstudieshad for their object the the T?urean of Ethnology. ancient world in all its phases of religion, his- Consists of words, phrases, and short texts tory, language, and art, and thereby his atten- with interlinear translation into English. tion was at an early day directed to philologic researches. In 1865 he began the publication of Lipau, a diah^ct of the Apache- I a series of brief monographs on the local ety- Tinu6 family collectcid at Fort | | mology of his country, entitled " Ort.setymolo- Griffin, Texas, (Shackleford county), gische Forsi^hungen aus der Schweiz " (1865-

from John, a Mexican 1867) . In 1867 he spent several months in London Apache | and Louis, a scout. Albert 8. Gatscliet jiursuing antiquarian studies in the British | By ^ruscum. In 1868 he settled in New York and September, 1884. I liecame a contributor to various domestic and Manuscript, pp. 1-69. sni. 4'^, in the library of foreign ])erio(licaIs, mainly on scientific sub- the Bureau of Ethnology. jects. Drifting into a moi-e attentive study of Consists of words, j)hra.-4es, and sentences, the American Indians, he published several tribal an

informants' I by Albert S. Gatschet. | now the property of the Bureau of Ethnology, Manuscript, pp. 3-19, sm. 4^^, in the librarj- of wliich forms a part of the Smithsonian Institu- the Bureau of P^thnology. ticm. Mr. (Tatschet has ever since been actively Tribal names and oilier ti'rms of the Chiraca- connected with that bureau. To increase its hiia Apaches, obtained from delegates visiting linguistic collections and to extend his own Washington, Feb. 12, 1881, pp. 5-6. — Short studies of the Indian languages, he has made vocabulary of the Tsigakinii dialect, 7-8. pp. extensive trips of linguistic and ethnologic ex- Sentences and words in the Ndvajjo dialect, ploration among the Indians of North America. obtained from F. H. Cushing, 1882, pp. 9-12. After returning from a six months' sojourn Navajo terms obtained from the interpreter of among the Klamaths and Kalapuyas of Oregon, a NAvajo delegaticm present in Washington in settled on botli sides of the Cascade Range, he March, 1885, pp. 14-16. Some words of Jicarilla — visited the Kataba in South Carolina and the Apache, from Eskie, an Apache in Washington, Cha'hta and Shetimasha of Louisiana in Jan. 1884, pp. 18-19. 1881-'82, tlie Kayowe, Comanche, Apaclie, Yat- Vocabulary of the Navajo language. tassee, Caddo, Naktche, Modoc, and other tribes Manuscript, 2 leaves, folio (a blank book), in the Indian Territory, the Tonkawe and in possession of its compiler. Obtained from Lipans, in Texas, and the Atakapa Indians of Mr. Frank H. Cushing in 1884. Louisiana in 1884-'85. In 1886 lie saw the Consists of 10 words and 50 jihrases. Tlaskaltecsat Saltillo, Mexico, a remnant of the Naliua race, brought tliere. about 1575 from [Words, phrases, and sentences in Anahuac, and was the first to discover the the Umpkwa language.] affinity of the Biloxi language witli the Siouan

Manuscript, 22 11. 4°, in the library of the family. He also committed to writing the

Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded jij a copy of Tuiii;^kagr 'louica language of Louisiana, never : : :

36 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Gatschet (A. S.) — Coutinucd. General discussion — Continued. before investigated, and forming a linguistic Tinn6 See Brinton (D. G.) family of itself. Excursions to other jjarts of Tinn6 raiilmann (K.) the country brought to his knowledge other Tukudh Bompas (AV. C.) Indian languages, the Tuskarora, Caughna- Umpkwa Gallatin (A.) waga, Penobscot, and Karankawa. Urnpkwa Gatschet (A. S.) Mr. Gatschet has written an extensive report Gentes embodying his researches among the Klamath Apache See Bourke (J. G.) Lake and Modoc Indians of Oregon, which Na\'ajo Matthews (W.) forms Vol. II of "Contributions to North Taculli » Hale (H.) American Ethnology.'' It is in two parts Upmkwa Hale (H.) which aggregate 1,528 pages. Among the tribes Geographic names and languages discussed by Iiim in separate Athapascan SeePetitot (E. F.S.J.) publications are the Tiniucua (Florida), Toii- kawe (Texas), Yuma (California, Arizona,.Mex- Geological Survey These words following a title ico), Chumeto (California), Beothuk (New- or within parentheses after a note indicate that foundland), Creek and Hitchiti (Alabama). His a copy of the work referred to has been seen by numerous publications are scattered through the compiler in the library of the United States magazines and government reports, some being Geological Survey, "Washington, D. C. contained in the Proceedings of the American Gibbs (George). Observations on some of Philosophical Society, Philadeliihia. the Indian Dialects of Northern Cali- General discussion fornia. By G. Gibbs. Ahtinn6 E.) See Buschmann (J. C. In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, vol. 3, Apache Adelung (J. C.) and Vater pp. lL'0-423, Philadelphia, 1853, 4°. (J.S.) Includes brief remarks on the Hoopah, Table- Apache Bancroft (H. H.) wah, and Nabiltse. Apache Berghaus (H.) Vocabularies of Indian Languages Apache Buschinaiin (J. C. E.) in California. Apache Cremony (J. ('.) northwest By George Apache Jehan (L. F.) Gibbs, esq.

Apache Orozco y Berra(M.) In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, vol. 3, Apache Pimentel (F.) pp. 428-445, Philadelphia, 1853, 4°. Apache Smart (C.) iVmofTg these vocabularies are one of the Apache White (J. B.) Hoopah and one of the Tahlewah, pp. 440^45. Athapa.scan Bastian (P. W. A.) Notes on the Tiuneh or Chepewyan Athapascan Buschmann (J. C. E.) Indians of British and Russian Amer- Athapascan Cam|tbell (J.) Athapascan Gabelentz (H. G. C.) ica. Communicated by George Gibbs. Athapascan Keane (A. H.) In the Smithsonian Inst. Annual Report for Athapascan Scouler (J.) 1866, pp. 303-327, Washington, 1867, 8°. (Pil-

Athapascan Truml)ull {.T. 11.) ling) Chip])ewyau Adelung (J. C.) and Vater The Loucheux Indians (pi\ 311-320), based (J. S.) upon communications from W. L. Hardesty, of Chippewyan Duncan (D.) the Hudson's Bay Co., contains a number of Chijipewyan Tach6 (A. A.) Loucheux words on p. 315. Hupa Gatschet (A. S.) Issued separately also, without change. Hupa Gibbs (G.) (Eames, Pilling.) Hupa Powers (S.) Vocabularies of the Alekwa Arra | | Inkalik Buschmann (J. C. E.) of Arra & | Ho-pa | the Klamath and Kenai Adelung (J. C.) and Vater Rivers Northern California Trinity | (J.S.) | in 1852 by George Gibbs. Kenai Balbi (A.) Collected | | Kenai Bancroft (H. H.) Manuscript, 26 unnumbered leaves, written Kenai Buschmann (J. C. E.) on one side only, folio, in the library of the Kutchin Bancroft (H. H.) Bureau of Ethnology. Nabiltse Gibbs (G.) Arranged alphabetically by English words in Navajo Adelung (J. C.) and Vater foui' columns, the English column containing (J.S.) about 700 words, the other languages from 300 Navajo Bancroft (H. H.) to 500 words each, the Ho-pa (which is the only

Navajo Buschmann (J. C. E.) one belonging to the Ath.ipascau family) being Sursee Balbi (A.) the most incomplete. Tacnlli Balbi (A.) There are in the same library two partial Taculli Bancroft (II. 11.) copies (180 words each) of the, Hopa, made by

Tahlcwab Gibbs ((i.) Dr. Giblis, incduding only the words given in

Tinne Ban.nift (II. H.) tli(^ earls' issues of the Smithsonian lustitutiou Xiua6 Bompas (W. C.) "standard vocabulary." : : : )

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 37

Gibbs (G.) — Coutiuued. Gilbert (G. K.) — Coutiuued. Vocabulary of the Nabiltse language. In Wheeler (G. M.), Report upon U. S. Geog.

Mauiisci'ipt, 1 loaf, 4'^, in tlio liln-ary of tho Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465, Washington, 1879,4°. Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at Camp Grant, Arizona, December, Contaiua about 100 words. 1871. It contains 211 words.

Vocabulary of the Willopuh (dialect Gilbert (— ) aud Rivington (— ). Speci- mens of the Languages of all Na- Athabasca). I of the TahcuUy I

6 uunuuibere 1 leaves, folio, in tions, and the oriental Manuscript, | and foreign I the library of tho Bureau of Ethuology. Col- types now in use iu the printing- | I lected "from an Indian at S. S. Ford's, Feb. offices of Gilbert &. Riviugton, 1856." I I | limited. [Eleven lines quotations.] Includes the 180 words given in the standard | |

London : 52, St. John's square, schedule Issued by the Smithsonian Institu- | in additiou. Clerkeuwell, E. C. 1886. tiou and about 20 words | George (libbs, the son of Col. George Gibbs, Printed cover as above, no inside title, con- was born on the 17th of Jidy, 1815, at Suuswick, tents pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-66, 16^. Long Island, near the village of Halletts Cove, St. John iii, 16, iu Slave of Mackenzie River

now known as Astoria. At se%'enteeu he was (syllabic and roman), ji. 58; Tinne or Chepe- taken to Europe, wheie ho remained two years. wyan of Hudson Bay (syllabic), p. 62; Tukudh On his return from Europe he couinienced the of Youkon River, p. 64. reading of law, and in 1838 took his degree The 8,>-called Tiunu specimen in rom.iu char-

of bachelor of law at Harvard University. In ai'ters on p. 6 J is really Chippewa.

1848 Mr. Gibbs weut overland from St. Louis to Copies seen : Fames, Pilling. Oregon and established himself at Columbia. Gospel according to Saint John . . . In 1854 he received the appointment of collector Tinne language. See Kirkby ( \V. W. of the port of Astoria, which he held during Mr. Fillmore's administration. Later he removed Gospel of St. Mark translated into the from Oregon to Washington Territory, and set- Slave language. See Reeve (W. D.) tled upon a ranch a few miles from Fort Steila- Gospel of St. Matthew translated into the coom. Here he had his headquarters for sevei'al years, devoting himself to the study of the In- Slave language. See Reeve (VV. D.) dian languages and to the collection of vocabu- Gospels of the four evangelists . . . laries and traditions of the northwestern tribes. in the language of the Chipewyau In- During a gi-eat part of the time he was attached to the United States Government Comnussion dians. See Kirkby (W. W.) inlaying the boundary, as the geologist and bot- Government George. SeeDorsey (J. O.) anist of the expedition. He was also attached Grammar as geologist to the survey of a railroad louto to D6ne See Morice ( A. G.) the Pacific, under Major Stevens. In 1857 he Montagnais Legott'(L.) was appointed to the northwest boundary sur- Montagnais Vegreville (V. T.) vey under Mr. Archibald Campbell, as commis- Navajo Matthews (W.) sioner. In 1860 Mr. Gibbs returned to New- York, and in 1861 was on duty in Washington G-rammatic comments Sec Featherman in guarding the Capitol. Later lie resided in Apache (A.) Wasiiington, being mainly employed in the Apache MiiUer (F.) Hudson Bay Claims Commission, to which he Apache White (J. B.) was secretary. He was also engaged in the Athapasoaa Dorsey (J. O.) arrangement of a large mass of manuscript Athapascan Gallatin (A.) bearing upon the ethnology and i)hilology of the Athapascan Grasserie (R. de la). American Indians. His services were availed Chippewy.an Gallatin (A.) of by the Smithsonian Institution to superin- Cliippewyan Grand in ( — ). tend its labors in this field, and to his energy and Dene Morici! (A. G.) complete knowledge of tlie subject it greatlv Ken.ai Muller (F.) owes its success in this branch of the service. Kenai Radlofi"(L.) Tlie valuable and laborious service which he Loucheux Midler (F.) rendered to the Institution was entirely gratu- Nav;ijo Featherman (A.) itous, and in his death that establishment as Navajo Miiller (F.) well as the cause of science lost an ardent friend Navajo Wilson (E. F.) and important contributor to its advancement. Peaii de Li^vre Miiller (F.) In 1871 Mr. Gibbs married his cousin. Miss Sursee Wilson (E. F.) Mary K. Gibbs, of Newport, R. I., and removed TacuUi Miiller (F.) to New Haven, where he died »u the 9th of Tlatskenai Miiller (F.) April, 1873. Umpkwa Muller (F.) Grammatic treatise

(Grove Karl ) . Vocabulary of Gilbert the Apache See Bancroft (H. H.) Arivaipa language. Apache Cremony (J. C.) 38 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Gramniatic tiputise — ('ontiniicd. Gras.serie (li. de laj —Continued, ('lii|p|ii'\vy:iii Set? Baucroft (H. H.) droit .Juge, an Tribunal de Renncs I | Potitot (IC. K.S.J.) Membre dc bi Soci6te d(! Linguisticjue Loiiclii'ux Pctitot (E. F. S, J.) de Paris. Moiitajriiuis Petitot (K. F. S..T.) | Paris Jean Maisonncuve, ctlitiMir I'.'aii do Lir IVtilot (K. F.S.J.) I | quai Voltaire, 25 1890 25, | | Graudiii IHshop — Some forms of ( Printed cover as above, half-title verso lilank

the Chi])ewyiin veil). 1 1. title .as above verso blank 1 1. dedication

Mauiisoript, 4 uiiiiiiuihered leaves, written verso blank 1 1. text ]>p. 1-344, contents ]ip. 345- on one side only, I'olio, in the library of the 351, 8°. Bureau of- Etliuolo;:i;y. Examples from several North American lan- Contains the indicative pn smit, future, and guages are made use of by the author : Nahuatl, past of the verbs to eat. to icalk. and ^i look. Dakota, Othomi, Maya, Quiche, Totonaque, This mauuseript is a copy niiido by Dr. Geo. Tcherokess, Algonquin, Tarasque, Esquimau, Gibbs. Iroquois, Athapaske, Chia])an6que, Sahai)tiu,

Grasserie (Raoul de la). fitiides do Tchinuk, Choc^taw, pp. 17, G8, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 84, 129-132, 133, 177, 325-32G, 394, 395. grammaire comparee. la couju- | De Copies seen : Oatschet. gaisoii objective par Raoul de la | | Grouard (Pere Emile). Abridgment of Gras.serie, docteur eu droit, ,juge an | the bible in the Dene Tchijipewyan tribiiual de Renues, membre de la | language, syllabic characters. (*) soci^te de liugiiistique de Paris. (Ex- | In a letter from the Kev. fimile Petitot, dated trait

seen : Powell. Copies Gatschet, arrival in the missions of the far iu)rtli in 1862. Etudes de grammaire comparee The same work was printed in Indian chaiac- I | | relations graTumaticales coiiside- ters by PiSre Grouard at Lae la Biche in 1878-79, Des | as well as a, new and more complete edition r6e.s daus leur concept et dans leur ex- of the Dene-Tcliippevvyan prayer book, another pression la catcgorie des cas on de | I | intended for the Dendjie, a third intended for de la Grasserie docteur en " par Raoul | the Cree. I

Haines (Elijah Middlebrook). The Haines (E. M. ) — Coutiuued. | American Indian (Uh-uish-in-ua-ba). Chippewyan (four sets, one "from a German | " " The Whole Subject tJomplete in One interpreter," one from McKenzie," one from I a wimian, a native of Uhurdiill," and one Volume Illustrated witli Numerous I " from a ( 'hippewyan "), \t. 450. Engravings. Elijali Appropriate | By Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling. M. Haines. [Design.] | | Haldenian (.Samuel Stehmau). Analytic Chicago: the Mas-sin-ua-gan com- | orthography: an investigation of | | pany, 1888. I the .sounds of the voice, and their | | Title verso copyright notice etc. 1 1. preface notation; iucliuling the aljthabetic | pp. vii-viii, contents and list of illu.strations | of speech, its bearing pp. 9-22, text pp. 23-821, large 8°. mechanism | and Chaptsr vi, Indian tribes, 121-171, gives etymology. S. S. Halde- pp. upon | By | I special lists .ind a general alphabetic list of mau, A.M., profes.sor in Delaware | the tribes of North America, derivalious of college; [&,c. six lines.] | member tribal names being sometimes given. —Kumer- | Pliila(leli)hia: .1. B. Lippiucott &co. | als 1-102 of the Nava.jo (from ('atlin), ]). 443; of

444-445. Numerals 1-10 of the Loudon : Triibuer & co. Paris : Ben- the Apache, pp. — I : — — — :

ATHAPASCAN J.ANGUAGES. 39

Haldemaii (S. S.) — Coutiuiietl. Hale (11.) — Contiuued. Diiimii- ;iud pliilology. By Ulii-Atio jaiiiiu Duprat. Bcrliu: Ferd. raphy | \ | ler. 1«60. Hale, philologist of the expticdtiou. I | I Philadelphia: Lea and Blanchard. Half-title "Trevelyau prize essay" verso |

blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. pre face pp. v-vi, 1816. I contents pp. vii-viii, slip of additional correc- Half-title 'United States exploring expedi- " tions, text pp. 5-147, corrections and additions t ion verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. con- p. 148, 4°. tents pp. v-vii. alphabet pp. ix-xii, half-title

Numerals 1-10 of the Apache, p. 146. verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-666, map, 4°.

Copies seen : Boston Atheuieum, British Mu- Linguistic contents as under titlt, next above.

seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Trumbull. Copies seen : Eames, Lenox. First printed in American Philosoph. Soc. Was America peopled from Polynesia? Trans, new series, vol.11. (*) In Cougr6s Int. des Americanistes, Compte- Samuel Stehman Haldemau, naturalist, was rendu, 7th session, pp. 375-387, Berlin, 1890, 8°. born in Lo»!USt Grove, Lancaster County, Pa., Table of the pronouns /, thou, ive (inc.), we August 12, 1812; died in Chickies,Pa., September (exc), ye, and they in the languag«j of Polynesia 10, 1880. He was educated at a classical school and of western America, ]>p. 386-387, includes in Harrisburg, and then spent two years in the Tinne. Dickinson College. In 1836 Henry D. Rogers, Issued separately as follows having been apjioiuted state geologist of New Jersey, sent for Mr. Haldeman, who had been Was America peopled from Poly- his pupil at Dickinson, to assist him. A year nesia! A study in comparative Philol- I later, on the reorganization of the Pennsylvania ogy. By Horatio Hale. From the | geological survey, Haldeman was transferred I I Proceedings of the International Con- to his own state, and was actively engaged on gress of Americanists at Berlin, in the survey until 1842. He maile extensive | researches among Indian dialects, and also in October 1888. | Pennsylvania Dutch, besides investigations in Berlin 1891). Printed by S. Her- | H. the English, Chinese, and other languages. Ap- mann. pleton's Cyclop, of Am. Biog. Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. S-lii, 8°. (Horatio). 8tate.s esplor- Pronouns in the languages of Polynesia and Hale United | expedition. Diirinjj the years of western Amc^rica, including the Tinne, p. 14. iug | | Copies seen : Pilling, Wellesley. 1810, 1811, 1812. Under the 1838, 1839, | Horatio Hale, ethnologist, born in Newport, of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. command | N. H., May 3, 1817, was graduated at Harvard in Vol. VI. Ethnography and philol- 1837,and was appointed in the same year i)hilol- I I ogy. By Horatio Hale, philologist ogist to the United States exploring expedition I I ) of the expedition. under Capt. Charles Wilkes. In this capacity | he studied a large number of the languages of Philadelphia: printed by C. Sher- | the Pacific islands, as well as of North and man. 1846. .South America, Australia, and Africa, and also I investigated the history, traditions, and customs Half-title "United States exploring expedi- of the tribes speaking those languages. The tion, by authority of Congress " verso blank 1 1. results of his inquiries are given in his " Eth- title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. v-vii, alpha- nography and Philology' (Philadelphia, 1846), bet pp. ix-xii, half-title verso blank 1 1. text pp. the seventh volume of the expedi- 3-666, map, 4°. which forms published General remarks on the Tahkali-Umkwa tion reports. He has numerous memoirs on anthropology and ethnology, is a family, including a list of clans, pp. 201-204. learned societies in Vocabularies of the Tlatskauai (Tlatskauai and member of many both and in America, and in 1886 was vice Kwalhioqua) and Umkwa (Umi>(|ua), lines B, Europe president of the American Association for the C, pp. 570-629. Advancement of Science, presiding over the Anderson ( A. C), Vocabulary of the Tahkali section of anthropology. Ajrpleton's Cyclop, of (Carriers), line A, pp. 570-629. Am. Biog. ' Copies .leen : Astor, Bi-itish Museum, Con- gress, Lenox, Trumbull. Hamilton (Alexander S.) Vocabulary At the Squier sale, no. 446, a copy brought of the Haynarger. at the sale, no. 1123, half maroon $13; Murphy Manuscript, 5 unnumbered leaves, folio, morocco, top edge gilt, $13. written on both sides the sheets, in the library Issued also with the following title of the Bureau of Ethnology. Sent to the Smith- States exploring sonian Institution by its compiler from Crescent United | expedi- City, Cal., Nov., 1356. Recorded on one of the tion. During the years 1838, | 1839, I Smithsonian forms of 180 words, with an added 1810, 1811, 1812. Under the command I leaf, the wliole coiiprising about 220 words and of Charles Wilkes, S. U. N. | Ethuog- phrases. I —

40 lilBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Hamilton (A. K.) — Coiitimicd. Hazeu (W. B.) —Continued. The same library has two copies ol' the origin WashiugtoM, D. C., .Taiiuary 16, 1887. He inal inaim.scripf , made by Dr. Geo. Gibbs. was a descendant of Moses Hazeu. His Hare Imlians. See Peau de Lievre. parents lemoved to Ohio in 1833. William was graduated at the U. S. Military Academy in Harmon (Dauicl Williams). A jourual | 1855, and after serving against the Indians iu of voyajijes ami travels iu I | tbo I | California and Oregon joined the 8tb Infantr\ interioiir of North America, between in | Texas iu 18.57. He commanded successfully the 47th aud oStli degrees of north lati- in five engagements, until, in December, 1859, he tude, extending from Montreal nearly was severely wounded in a personal encounter with the Comanches. He was appointed to the Pacific ocean, a distance of | assistant jjrofessor of infantry tactics at the about 5,000 miles, including an account U. S. Military Academy in February, 1861, 1st of the prin- cii)al | occurrences, during lieutenant, April 6, and promoted captain on a residence of nineteen years, in differ- May 14. In the autumn of 1861 he raised the ent parts of the country. To which are 41st Ohio volunteers, of which he became I colonel on Oct. 29, 1861. He was appointed brig- added, a concise description of the face adier-general of volunteers Nov. 29, 1862. He of the country, its inhabitants, their | assaulted and captured Fort McAllister, Dec. manners, customs, laws, religion, etc. 13, 1861, for which service he was promoted a and considerable \ specimens of the two miyor-general of volunteers the same day. He languages, most extensively spoken; was iu command of the 15th army corps from | together with au-account of the princi- May 19 till Aug. 1, 1805. A t the end of the war ho had received all the brevets in the regular pal animals, to be found in the forests I army up to major-general. He was made aud prairies of this extensive region. I colonel of the 38th infantry in 18B6; was in Illustrated by a map of tlie country. I France during the Franco-Prussian war, aud By Daniel Williams Harmon, was U. S. military attache at Vienna during the I a | partner in the north west com))any. Russo-Turkish war. In the interval between | those two visits, Audover: printed by Flagg and while stationed at Fort Buford, | Dak., he made charges of fraud against post- Gould. 1820. I traders, which resulted in revelations that were

Half-title verso blank 1 1. portrait 1 1. title damaging to Secretary Belknap. On Dee. 8,

verso copyright 1 1. preface pp. v-xxiii, text 1880, he succeeded Gen. Albert J. Meyer as chief pp. 25-432, map, 8°. signal-officer, with the rank of brigadier -gen- A specimen of the Tacully or Carrier tongue eral. Appleton'n Cyclop, of Am. Biog. (a vooabiilary of 280 words), pp. 403-412.—The (Samuel). journey from Hearne A | numerical terms of the Tacullies (1-1000), p. 4ia. | | Extracts from the linguistic portion of this Prince of Wales's Fort in Hudson's volume are given by many authors. Bay, to the uortliern ocean. Under- | I I Copies seen : Astor, Bmcroft, Boston Athe- taken by order of the Hudson's Bay naeum, British Museum, Congress, Dunbar, I for the discovery of cop- company, | Eames, Geological Survey. | per mines, a northwest jjassage, &c. At the Field sale, no. 908, a half-morocco copy | brought $3.50; at the Brinley sale, no. In the Years 1769, 1770, 1771, & 1772. 4685, | $5.25; at the Murphy sale, no. 1146, $2.25. By Samnel Hearne. |

Harvard : This word following a title or : Printed for A. Strahan within Loudon | and parentheses after a note indicates that a copy Cadell : Sold by T. Cadell T. | And of the work referred to has been seen by the .Tun. and W. Davies, (Successors to compiler iu the library of Harvard University, | Mr. Cadell,) in the Strand. 1795. Cambridge, Mass. | Haynarger. See Henagi. Folded map, title verso blank 1 1. dedication lip. iii-iv, preface pp. v-x, contents pp. xi-xix,

Hazeu ((reii. William Babcock). Vocab- errata ji. [xx], introduction pp. xxi-xliv, folded ulary of the Indians of Applegate plate, text pp. 1-458, list of books verso direc- creek (Na-bilt-se). tions to the binder 1 1. seven other maps and plates, 4°. Manuscript, C unnumbered leaves, folio, A number of Athapascan terms aud jtroper written on one side only, iu the library of the names j>assim. Bureau of Ethnology. Forwarded by its com- "To conclude, I <'anuov, sufficiently regret piler to Dr. Gecv Gibbs, froni Ft. Yamhill, Ore- the loss of a considerable Vocabulary of the gon, Jan. 10, 1857. Northern Indian Language, containing sixteen Recorded on one of the Smithsonian forms of folio pages, which was lent to the late Mr. 180 words, all the blank spaces being filled. Hutchins, then Corresponding Secretary to tlie William Babcock Haz^n, soldier, born in Company, to copy for Caydain Duncan, when he West Hartford, Vt., September 27, 1830, died went on discoveries to Hudson's Bay in the ; : )

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 41

Hearue (S.) — Coiitiuiicd. Hoffman (Dr. Walter James). Vocabu- vt'ar (UKi thousand .suvcn Imiiilitil and niIl(^tv. lary of the Jicarilla Apache; language. i'd'tcr, ]5iil, Mv. Hntiliins dyinii' soon the Vocab- Manuscript, 2 11. 4'^, iti flic lilaary of tho ulary was taUcn away witli tlio n^st of liis IJureau of Ethnology, (.'ollectrd at AVashing-

efteots, and can not now be recovered ; ami mem- t(m, D. C, in 1880,

orv, at this time, will by no means serve to Consists of .50 words and several songs set to replace it.'— Preface. music.

Copies seen : Lenox. Hoopa. See Hupa. of joiiruey from | Prince A I | HowTse (Joseph). Vocabularies of cer- fort, in bay, to Wales's Hudson's | | tain | North American languages. By the Nortliern Ocean. Undertaken | | T [J ?] Howse, Esq. by order of the Hudson's bay company. In Philological Soc. [of London], Proc. vol.4, copper mines, pp. 191-206, London, 1850, 8°. (Congress.) For the discovery of | I Vocabulary (words, jjhrases, ."ind sentences) a »&c. In the north west passage, | of the Chipewyan (1), Chipewyan (2), Beaver 1772. By Years 1769, 1770, 1771, & | (1), Beaver (2), and Sikanni of New Caledonia, Samuel Hearne. 191-193. | pp.

Dublin : printed for P. Byrne, No. | Hubbard (Dr. — ). Vocabulary of the Ill, Grafton- and J. Rice, No. | 108, Lototen or Tntatamys (from Dr. Hub- street. 1796. | bard's Notes, 1856. Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 In Taylor (A. S.). Indianology of California, 1. dedication jtp. iii-iv, preface pp. v-x, contents in California Farmer, vol. 13, no. 16, June 8, xi-xxv, introduction xxvii-1, text 1-459, jjp. px>. 1860. (Powell.) directions to the binder p. [460], maps, idates, List of rancherias and clans (13) of the Toto- 8°. ten, and vocabulary of Gl words. Linguistic contents as under title next altovc. Hudson Bay:

Copies see)) , Geological Survey. Bible jiassages See British.

Henagi Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and ^'ocabularv See Anderson (A. C.) Vater (J. S.) ^ocab^lary Hamilton (A. S.) Vocabulary Whipple (A. W.) Hupa: Henry {Dr. Charles C.) Vocabulary of General discussion See (iatschet (A. S.) the Apacliee language. General discussion GibV)s (G.) In Schoolcraft (H.R.), Indian Tribes, vol.5, General di.scussiou lowers (S.) pp. 578-589, Philadelphia, 1855, 4°. Numerals Bancroft (H. H.) The vocabulary, consisting of about 400 Niunerals Gat.schet (A. S.) words, pp. 578-587.— Numerals 1-10000000, pp. Numerals Tolmie (W. E.) and 587-589. Dawson (G. M.) Collected in New Mexico in 18,53 Vocabulary Anderson (A. C.) Vocabulary Azpell (T. E.) Herdesty (W. L.) [Terms of relation- Vocabulary Bancroft (H. H.)

ship of the Kutchin or Loiichieux, col- Vocabulary Buschmann (J. C. E.) lected by W. L. Herdesty, Fort Liard, Vocabulary Crook (G.) Hudson's Bay Ty.] Vocabulary Ciirtiu (J.) Vocabulary Gatschet ( A. S.) In (L. H.), of Morgan Systems consanguinity Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) and alBnity of the human family, pp. 203-382, Vocabulary Powers (S.) lines G7, Washington, 1871, 4°. Vocabulary Turner (W. W.) See Ross (R. B.) Vocabul.ary Whipple (A. W.) Words Ellis (R.) Higgius (N. S. ) Notes on the Apache Words Gatschet (A. S.) tribes inhabiting the territory of Words Latham (R.G.) Arizona. Hymn book: Chippewyan See Kirkby (W. W.) Manuscript, pp. 1-30, folio, in the library of Slave H,vnins. the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. Slave Kirkby (W.W) Transmitted by its author to the Smithsonian Tukudh M'D(mfild (R.) Institution, April 21, 1866. Hymns On pp. 1-2 is given a list of the names of the Beaver Sec Bompas (W. C.) Apache tribes with comments thereon. Pp. 3- Beaver Garrioch (A. C.) 22 contain a general discussion of these In- Chippewj'an Bompas (W. C.) dians, their number, physical constitution, Chippewyan Kirkby (W.W.) picture writing, dress, etc. Pp. 23-29 contain Chippewyan Kirkby (W. W.) and a vocabulary of about 100 words and ])hrases Bompas (W. C.) arranged by classes. Den6 Morice(A. G.) 42 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Hymns— Contiimed. : :

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 43

Jehau (L. h\) — C'outiiiiud. Jehan (L. F.) — Contiuutd.

iSVco/irf <(

.i title : Dictioiiuaire linguistiqiie qui se rattacbent | a I'origine et la filiation Second | de |

des laugues, leur essence | leurs ct (le philologie coinparee. | Histoirt^ de a organique eta I I ot Aivautes, rapports avec I'bistoire des races luimaines, timtes les laugnes luortes | on de |

leurs migrations, etc. | sur d'idioinographie, eiubrassaut | Essai trait6 | Precede dun comidet | rexameu fiiti(iiie des systemes et de toiites les le role du langage dans revolution de liutelli-

se lattaclient I'origiue et la geuce I questions qui | a k bumaine. Par L.-F. Jebau (de Saint-

filiation des laugues, a leur esseuce orgauique Clavien), | Meiubre de la Societe geologique de et a leurs rapports avec I'bistoire des races France, de I'Acad^niie royale des sciences de I etc. Preced6 liumaiues, de leurs migrations, | Turin, etc. [Quotation, tbree lines.] | Publie i | d'uu Essai sur le role du laugage dans revolu- par M.l'abbe Migue, | editeur delaBibliotbeque I tion deriutelligencebuiuaiue. ParL.-F. Jehan uuiverselle clerg6, coiuplets du | ou | des cours I Suiut-('lavieu), la Soci6te geo- sur (de | Meinbre de cbaque brancbe de la science ecclesiastique. logique de France, I'Acadeiuie royale des de Tome unique. | Prix; 7 francs. I | sciences de Turin, etc. [Quotation, tliree S'imprime et se vend cbez J. -P. Migne, edi- |

I 1' Migne, editeur lines.] Publie par M. Abbe | teur, aux ateliers catludiques, rue | d'Amboise, I

de la Bibliotbeque uuiverselle du clerge, | ou 20, | au autrefois Petit-Moutrouge, | Barriere des cours couiplets sur cliaque brancbe de la d'enfer Paris, de uuiinteuant dans Paris. | 18C4

: science ecclesiasti(iue. [ Tome uni(iuc. | Prix First title verso "avis important" 1 1. second

7 francs. title verso printer 1 1. introduction luimbered by | S'lmprime et se vend chez J. -P. Migue, columns 9-208, text iu double c

Out.side title 1 1. titles as above 2 11. .oliniius alleghanique (Amerique du N(U'd). columns (two to a page) '.t-U4S, large S \ 243-248, comprises a coiupiuative vocabulary of

Copies Keen : Britisb Museum, Sbea. twenty-six words iu tbirty-ftve languages, of

A later edition as follows wbicb lines 34 and .'55 are (."beppewyau (Cbep- pewyan propre) and Tacouillie or Carrier. — Ta- Troisieine ct deruiere Eiicyclop^die | bleau de renchainement geograpliique des tlit5ol<)gi(iue, ou troi.si^me, et dei- laugues americaines et asiaticiues, columns 290- I I uifere sevie de dictioiniaires sur toiites 299, contains a few words in Kinai. —Tbe article I Apacbes, column 308, contains general remarks les parties de b] scieuce religieiise, | ou tbe tribal divisious.— Tableau polyglotte des otfraiit en fraii^ais, et par ordre alpba- langues de lacoteoccideutale de 1' Amerique du betiqiie, la plus claire, la plus facile, | Nord, columns 445-448, comprises acomparative lii plus commode, la phis variee et la vocabulary twenty-six iu twelve | of words plus complete des tbeologies: [&c. languages, of wbicb line 12 is KiuaV or | KinaVtze. — Leunappe, ou Cbippaways-Dela- seventeen lines] publieeparM.l'abb^ | ware ou AlgonciuinoMobegaue, coluiuus 7s)G- Migne. [&c. six lines.] trente- | Tome | 824, contains iu columns 804 aud 805 remarks on quatrieme. Dictiounaire de linguis- | tbe languages of the Cbeppewyau propre and

tique. Tome unique. Prix : 8 francs. Tacoullies. —Tableau polyglotte de la region I | Missouri-Colombienne, columns 899-900, com- S'imprime et se vend cbez J. -P. prises a comparative vocabulary of twenty-six Migne, Editeur, aux ateliers catbo- | words in ten languages, of wbicdi lines 1 and 3 liqties, rue d'Amboise,20,au Petit-Mont- are Sussee aud Atuab.

ronge, autrefois Barriere d'enfer de Copies seen : Eames. | Paris, dans Paris. 1864 Apache. maintenaut | Jicarilla Apacbe. See

Kaiyuhkhotana Kautz (A. V.) — Continued. Numerals See Ball (W.H.) Manuscript, 2 unuumbered leaves, folio, Vocabulary Uall (W. H.) written on both sides, iu the library' of tbe Bureau of Ethnology. Transmitted to Dr. Geo. Katolik Deneya 'tiye dittlisse. See Gibbs by its compiler, from Fort Oxford, Legoff(L.) Oregon Territory, June 19, 1855. The vocabulary is in double columns, English Kautz {(Icn. August Valentine). Vocab- and Toutouten, aud contains about 200 words. ulary of tbe Indian of tlie language In tbe same library is a short vocabulai-y Toutouten tribe. (about 70 words) of the same language by the :

44 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Ileaue ( Vnoustus II.) Etlmogiiiiihy iuul Kautz (A. V. ) — I'oulimuMl.

thi'ii Lieut. Kautz, wUich coulaiii-; :i Uw word lihili)l<)<;v of Aiiieiifa. By A. H. Keeue.

also i not ill tll(^ longer vocnlmlaiy. 'I'licri'arc In Bates (H. W.), Central America, the West liUraiy t wo ciipics, by Dr. ( luo. ( iil)l>.- tlu- tiainc Indies, elc. pp. 443-561, Loudon, 1878, 8°. oftlie lonjrcr vocabulary. General scheme of American races and lan- August Valentine Kautz, soldier, born in guages (pp. 460-497) includes a list of the Ispringeu, Badeu, Geruiauy, Jan. T), 1828. His branches of the Athabascan or Tinney family parents emigrated to tliis country in 1828, and divided into languages and «lialects, pp. 403- .settled in Browu County, Ohio, in 1832. The 465.— Alphabetical list of all known American sou served as a private in the l.st regiment of tribes aud languages, pp. 498-561. Ohio volunteers in the Mexican war, and on his Reprinted in the 1882 aud 18S5 editions of the discharge was appointed to tlus United States sauie work and on the same pages. Military Academy, where he was graduated in 1852 and assigned to theltli infantry. He served Eenai in Oregon and "Washington Territory till the Dictiouary See Radlotr(L.) civil war, and in the Kogue Itiver wars of General discussion Adelung (J. C.) aud 1853-'55, and was wounded in the latter, and iu Vater (J. S.) the Indian war on Paget Sound in 18.)6, iu General discussion Balbi (A.) which he was also wounded. In 1855 he was General discission Bancroft (H.H.) promoted 1st lieutenant, and iu 1857 commended General discussion Buschmann (J. C. E.) for gallantry by Gen. Scott. In 1859-'60 he Grammatic (lomments Radlotr(L.)

traveled in Europe. He was appointed captain Grammatic comments Miiller (F ) in the Cth U. S. cavalry iu 1861, and served with Numerals Ellis (R.) the regiment from its organizati(ni through the Numerals Erman (G. A.) peninsular campaign of 18 i2, commanding it Tribal names Gallatin (A.) during the seven days until Just before Stiuth Tribal names Latham (R. G.) Mountain, when he was appointed colonel of Vocabulary Adelung (J. C.) and the 2d Ohio cavalry. He took ])art iu the Vater (J. S.)

capture of Mouticello, Ky., May 1, 1863, and on Vocabulary Baer (K.E. von). .Tune was brevetted major for commanding in Vocaluilary Balbi (A.) an action near there. He was engaged in the Vocabulary Bancroft (H.H.) pursuit and capture of John Morgan, in July, Vocabulary Buschmann (J. C. E.) 1833, preventing him from cro.ssing the Ohio, 'V^oi^abulary Dall (W. H.) and afterward served as chief of cavalry of tin; Vocabulary Davidoft'(G, I.) 2W corps. On May 7, 1804, he was made briga- Vocabulary- Davidson (G.) dier-general of voluuteer.s and assigned to the Vocabulary D.! Meuleu (E.) command of the cavalry division of the army Vocabulary Gallatin (A.) of the James. He entered Petersburg with his Vocabulary J6han (L. F.)

small cavalry command on Juno 9, 1861, for Vocabulary Krusenstern (A. J. von). which attack he was brevetted lieutenant- ^'ocabulary Latham (R. G.) colonel, and he led the advance of the Wilson Vocabulary Lisianskj' (U.) raid, which cut the roads leading into Richmond Vocabulary Prichard (J. C.) from the south, for more than forty days. On Vocibilary Roehrig (P. L.O.) Oct. 28, 186-t, he was brevetted major-general of Vocabulary Stafteief (V.) and Pet- volunteers, and in M.ir>di, 1865, was assigued to roft'(I.)

the commanil of a division of colored troops, Voi'abulary Wowodsky ( — ). whicli he marched into Kiidimoml on April Words Buschmann (J. C. E.)

3. He was brevetted colonel in the regular W^ords Uaa (L. K.) service for gallant and meritorious service Words Ellis (R.) in action on the Uarbytown road, Virginia, Words Jehan (L. F.)

October 7, 1804. Also brigadier and major Words Latham (R. G.) general for gallant and meritorious services in AVords Pott (A. F.) the field during the war. Mar. 13, 18C5. G-en. Words Schomburgk (R. H.) Kautz was apiwiuted lieutenant-colonel of the Words AVilsou (U.)

34th infantry iu 1800, transferred t.i the 15tli in 1869, and couiminded the regiment on the Xew Kennicott (Robeit). Kotch-^-Kutcliiu Mexican frontier till 1874. He orgauized several voiabuhuy. Words fiom the language successful expeditiom against tlie Mescalero* of the Koti'h-a-Kiitchiii—the Indians Apaches, who h ul tied from tli.dr reservation in of Yukon River, at the mouth of Por- 1864, and in 1870-71 succeeded iu establishing (•uj)iiic Rivt'v, ill northern Alaska. the tribe on their reservation, where they have since remained. In June, 1874, he was pro- Iu Whymper (F.), Travel and adventure iu moted colonel of the 8th infantry, and iu 1875 Alaska, pp. 322-328, London, 18u8, 8°. was placed in comuiau

Arizona. He served in Califoi-nia from 1878 till numerals 1-30. 1886, and is now (1887) in Nebr.iska.—Ap^/e- This vocabulary also appears in the reprint ton'g Cyclop, of Am. Biog. of Whymper, N. Y., 1869,8°, pp. 345-350, and in ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 45

Kennicott ( R.) ^ C'ontiuueil. Kennicott (R.) — Continued. the saiuo, N. Y., 1871, 8', same pages. It is also Vocaliularj- of tlie Hare Indians, of priutbd in Wliymper's article on Russian Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River. America, in Eth. Soc. of London, Trans., vol. 7, Manuscri])t, 6 unnumbered leaves, folio, in 183-185, Loudon. 1869, 8^. Lssiied also by pp. the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col- the Smithsonian Institution, as follows: lected in 1862. Kntch-a'-kutcbiii. Words from tlie Contains about 175 words. ( laugiiage of the Kiitcli-a'-Kutcliiu' — the There is in the same library a copy of this vocabulary, made by the compiler (6 11. folio), Indians of Yonkon river, at the month and another with corrected spelling by Dr. of the Porcnpine river, in Rn.ssian I Geo. Gibbs, also 6 11. folio. America. — Kennicott. Vocabulary of the Nahawny Indians [Wa.shin

Liard. They call I hemselves Aclie-t6-e-tin'-nc, as distinguished from the other Tenne. Kirkby (Rer. William West) Hymns

' 'A-cho-to-etin'-ni ' is People of the low lands,' prayers: for Private and the | | Devo- '" or ' People living out of the wind.' tions of the Slave Indians of M'Keu- I I Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. "zie's river. rev. | By W. W. Kirkby. The original niiiuuscript of this vocabulary | York: Renute, New | Shea Lind- is in the library of the Bure.iu of Ethnology. & say. 1862. [Biography of Robert Kennicott I Title verso blank 1 1, alphabet (syllabary p. and extracts from liis journal.] | 1, text (in .syllabic characters with headings m In Chicago Academy of Sciences, Trans. v(d. English) pp. 2-16. 12^ 'A small tract, the 1, part 2, pp. 13;{-224, Chicago, 186!), 8^. (Geo- lieginiiing of our work. —Kirkby. logical Survey.) Easy words, pp. 2-3. — Morning service, pp.3- Numerous Athapascan terms, proper names, 5. — Evening service, ]>p. 5-7— Siindaj' service, etc. passim. pp. 8-10.-Watts's catechism, pp. 10-13 —Ten [Terms of relationships of the Slave coiiimaiidmelits, pp. 14-16.

Lake Indians (Achaotinne),Fort Liard, Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Trumbull. Mackenzie river district, Hudson's of in- manual | devotion and A | bay ty.] struction for the Slave Indians of In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of consanguinity I I river, the rev. M'Kenzie | W. by | W. and atlinity of the human family, pp. 293-382

4<^. Kirkby. [Seal of the "C. M. S." for lines 64, Washington, 1871, | The schedules were tilled in March, 1860. " the diocese of Rupert's land."] | Vocabulary of the Chijjewyiin of [Lond(m;] Printed by W. M. Watts, 80, Gray's inn road. [186- Slave Lake. I f]

Manuscript, 6 unnumbered leaves, folio, in Title as above p. 1, te.xt in roiiian characters the libriu\y of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col- witli headings in English pp. 2-65, 16°. lected in 1862. Contains ab(uit 160 words. Hymns, jip. 2-22 (p.igo 25 blank). — The

There is in the same library a copy of this apostles' (M-ecd, p. 2t.— The general confession, vocabulary, 6 11. folio, with corrected spelling, p. 25. —Prayer of St. Cliry.sostom, prayer for a made by Dr. Geo. Gibbs. 26. child, i>. —The Lord's prayer, the benedic- — — ——

46 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Kirkby (W. W. ) — Continuod. Kirkby ( W. W. ) — Continued.

tion, p. 27.—Sunday niDrniiig prayer, p. 28.— Title verso blank 1 1. alphabet [syllaliary] p. Sunday cvpniuK. p. 29.—Morning i)rayer,p. 30.— 3, text (in syllabic chaiacters with headings in Evening piayci, p. 31. — Morningcollect, p. 32.— English) pp. 4-113, picture of "The bible of the Evening eollect, p. 33.— The. decalogue, pp. 34- world"' 11.18°.

36 —Catechism, pp. 37-43.—Of God, p. 44. -Of "The same as the preceding [London. 1871 ?]

sin, 1). 4r>. —Of providence, p. 4C.—Of redeinp- transliterated into the Chipewyau dialect, aa

til, 11, )>.47.— The Lords day, p. 48.—The Lord's spoken at Churchill, 3,000 miles from M'Keu- hook, 1..40.—Of heaven, p. 50.—Of hell, p.51.— zie's River.'" Kirkby. 52.— The Christian, p. 53.—The Difficult words, p. 4. —Niunerals 1-20, p. 5. The Saviour, i>. way to heaven, p. 54.— The jiulgment, p. 55.— Address, p. 6. — Hymns. ])p. 7 -29. —Prayers for The creation, p. 50.—The fall, p. .57.— Tlie recov- children, creed, etc., \>\). 30-36. —Private morn-

ery, p. .58..^Tiie deluge, j). 59. — Birth of ('hrist, ing devotions, pi>. 37-39.— Private evening devo- p. 60 — I?ai)tisni of Christ, p. 61. — Lifcof Christ, tions, pp. 40-42.— Family nuirning devotions, p. 62. — Death of Clu-i.st, p. 63. — Tlesurrection of pp. 43-46. —Family evening devotions, j)p. 47- Christ, p. 64.— As('ension of Christ, p. 65; end- 50. — Public morning service, pp. 51-60.— Public ing with cohii.hou, " W. M. Watts, 80, Gray"s- evening service, ])p. 61-60. —Scripture lessons, Inn Road." pp. 67-96. — Catechism, jip. 97-109. — Burial service, 110-113. Copies seen : Eanios, Tilling. ]>p. Copies seen: British Museum, Churcli Mis- A iiiiumal of flevotiou anil iii- I I sionary Society, Eames, Pilling. .striictioii lor tlio Slave Indians of I I of devotion instruc- | and Manual | Kiver. Kov. W. M' Kcn/.ie | By | W. tion in tlie Chipewyau lanouaige, Kirkby. I I | | for tlie Indians of Churchill. the | By London: printiMl by W. M. Watts I | | rev. W. W. Kirkl)y. | Wliitefriars str»it't, city. [18701] 28, London: Society for promoting | Title verso hlank 1 1. the alphahet (.sylla- cliristian knowledge, 77, Great Queeu | bary] p. 3, text (in syllabic character.s with head- Street, Lincoln's-Inn-Fields. [187-?] ings in English) pj). 4-76, 18°. Title verso sylla barium 1 1. text (in syllabic Easy words, ]>. 4. —Difficult words, p. 5.— characters Mith English headings) pp. 3-148, Hymns, pp. 6-27.— Apostles" creed and other 18'^. prayers, pp. 28-37.—Decalogue, pp. 38-40.—Cat- Difficult words, p. 3.—Numerals 1-20, p. 4.— echism, pp. 41-49.— Scripture lessons, pp. 50-76. Address, p. 5.— Hymns (1-30). pp. 6-41.— The Copien seen : Church Missionary Society, creed. Lords i)rayer, and benediction, pp. 42- Eames, Pilling. 43. —Decalogue, pp.44-46. —Prayers for children, uiaiiual of devotion and iii- 48-50. A | | p. 47.— Private morning devotions, pp. for tlio Slave Indians of Private evening devotions, pp. 51-53.—Family strnction | | rev. morning devotions, pp. 54-57. - Family evening McKeuzie River, | by W. W. dcv()tions, 58-61.- Public morning servit'e, Kirkby. [Seal of the " C. M. S." for ])p. | ])p. 62-73.— Public evening service, pp. 74-80. "the diocese of Rnpert's land".] With I'ublic baptismal service, ]>p, 81-84.— Service approltat ion of the lord bishop of the | for holy communion, clc. i>p, 85-91.— Marriage the dioeese. service, ]>p. 92-94. —Ilu rial service, pp. 95-97. Scripture lessons, pii. 98-139. -Catechism, pp. [Ijondon : Church nu.ssionary society 140-148. 1871?] C(>2)ies seen : Pilling, Society for Promoting Title-page verso alphabet [syllabary] 1 1. text Christian Knowledge. (in s.vUabic characters with headings in Eng- gospel according to Saint [ ] The | | lish) pp. 3-86, 24". 3. Difficult words, 4. John. Translated into the Tinne lan- Easy words, p. — p. I Sunday morning service, pp. 5-12. —Sunday guage, [Three lines syllabic charac- I jij). 13-20.— evening service, Daily morning ter,s":]1 »ervi<^e, pp. 21-28. — Daily evening .service, pp. : British and foreign bil)le London | 29-41.— The alphabet, p. 43.—Prayers, etc., pp. society. 1870. 4.j_78. —Catechism, p]). 79-86. | Colophon : "\V. M. Watts, 80, Grays Inn Road. Cnpies seen : American Tract Society, British The transliteration of the three lines in sylla- Museum, Pilling, Trumbull.

bic characters on the til Ic-page is : News good | river in. of (h'votion instruc- John by | Big Indians language Manual | | and saint tion. in tile ('liii»e\vyan hmguaoe, Title verso blank 1 1. ali)habet [i. e. sylliibary] I I | verso blank 1 I. text (in syllabic characters with for tlic IiKliaus of Cliurchill. the | By I chapter headings in English) pp. 3-93, 16°. rev. W.W. Kirkby. | Copies seen : British and Foreign Bible Soci- Cliurch missionary house, London: | ety, Churcli Missionary Society, National Salisbury srjuare. Museum, Wellesley. ) [1872?] ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 47

Kirkby (W. \V.) — Continued. Kirkby (W. W.) —Continued. [ ] Natsun k;iothet nake kciidi (-reat Queen \ Street, Lincoln's-Inn- Jesus Christ be koude | nezo Saint Fields, | London. [1879?] adikles Title ver.so Mark | ekaonte Tiuue | yatie alphabet [.syllabary] 1 1. text (in kesi. .syllabic characters witli English Inadiugs) pp. I 3-195, colophon p. [196], 16°. London : 1874. | Morning prayer, i)p. :i-18.—Evening prayer, Tiandatioii : Our lord savior our | Jesus jip. 19-31. — Litany, p]>. 32-40. -Prayers, pp.41- Clirist liis news gooil | Saint | by hiiu I Mark 49.— Holy coninnmion, etc. pp. .50-80.—Hynms, written | Indian tongue aceording to. ])p. 81-138.- Scripture lessons, pp. 139-181.— Title verso printers 1 1. text in tlie Tiiine Catechism, pi). 182-192.—Music for hymns, language (romau charaeters) 3-G4, 18 \ pp. ijp. 193-195. Copies seen: British aiul Foreign Bilde Sori- Copicsseen: British Museum, Pilling, Society ety, Wellesley. for Promoting Clinstiau Knowledge. [ St. Mark. See Kirkby (\V. J AV ) and Bompas (W C.) CoJophou : [London.] W. M. Wans, below lor an edition of this work adapted for the use of the 80, Gray's Inn Koad. Slavi Indians,

No title-page, heading only ; text iu tlie Tinne [One line syllabic cliaracters.] language (entirely iu sj'Ilabi(^ character.-j, with | Portions of | the | book of connnoti chapter headings iu English) pp. 1-66, 18^. prayer. and | | administration The di.alect is that spoken by the Indians of of the sacraments, and Ft. Simiison. | other rites and cere-

Co{>ies seen : British and Foreign Bible Soci- monies of the church, | According to ety, British Mnseiim, AVelleslcy. tjie use of the Cliurch of England. ( Translated into the hmguage of tlie [ The oospcds of tlu' (our evangel- | | | ] | ists, St. Matthew, St. Mark, St. Luke, Chipewyan Indians of N. W. America, I by the ven. | archdeacon and St. Jolin. Translated into flie I Kirkby. | I | lanjfuage ('hi]>e\vyan [Sealof theS. P. C. K.] of The Indians | | \ of north-west America. Society for iiromoting christian I I | knowledge, London: jtrintcd for the IJritish and | Northumberland Avenue, i Charing Cross, London. 1881. foreign bible society. 1878. | | Title verso printers 1 1. alphabet [syllabary] Titlever.so printers etc. 1 1. syllabariuni verso verso blank 1 1. text (in syllabic characters blank 1 I. text (entirely in syllabic characters) with headings partly in syllabie characters pp. .5-344, IG". and partly iu English and Latin) pp. .5-160, 16". Matthew, pp. 5-100.— Mark, pp. 101-161.— Prayers, etc., pp. 5-86.—The order of the ad- Luke, pp. 162-208.—John, pp. 269-344. ministration of the Lord's supper, or ludy Copies seen : British and Foreign Bible Soci- communion, pp. 87-106.— The ministration of ety, British Museum. Eaines, Pilling. public baptism of infants, i)p. 106-112. — The [Three lines syllabie characters.] ministration of baptism to such as are of rijter | testament. Translated years, pp. 113-121.—A catechism, pp. 122-131.— The new | into The order of confirmation, pp. 131-135. — The the Chipewyan language, by tlie | I | form of solemnization of matrimony, pp. 1.35- ven. archdeacon Kirkby. | 142.—The visitation of the .sick, pp. 142-147.— London: i)rinted for the | British The order for the burial | of the dead, pp. 148- and foreign l)ible society, Queen Vic- 156.—The churching of women, pp. 157-160. | toria Street, E. C. 1881. Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. | Title verso printers 1 1. Chipewyan syllaba- Hymns, prayers and instruction, | | rium verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in syllabic in the Chipewyan language. | | By the characters) pp. 7-396, 12°. veu. archdeacon Kirkby. [Seal of 7-56. I | Matthew, i>i). —Mark, pp. 56-87. —Luke, 87-141.— .John, theS.P.C.K.] pp. pp. 141-179.— Acts-Eevela- I tion, pp. 180-396. Society for promoting christian Copies seen .- Karnes, Pilling. knowledge, Northnniberlaud | Avenue, Portions of the l)ook | | of Charing Cro.ss, London. 1881. common | prayer, Hymns, &c., in | \ the | Chip- Title ver.so blank 1 1. text (in syllabic char language. By actors with English headings) ;i-9l, colo- ewyan | archdeacon pp. Kirkby. phon p. [92], 16=. | Hymns in double columns, 3-36 Printed at thereqtiestof the i)p. — Prayers, | bishop 37-62.— Lessons, ])p. 6,3-91. of Rupert's land, by the PI). | Society | for Copies seen. : Eanies, Society fpr Promoting promoting christian knowledg(>, | 77. Christian Knowledge, :

48 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Kirkby (W. W. ) -^ CVintiuued. Kirkby (W. W.) Bompas (W. C.)—Ct'd. D. bishop of St'e Bompas (W. C.) W. C. Bompas, D., | Mack- enzie river. [Seal of the S. P. C. K.] Portions of | | aud Bompas (W. C.) |

: Society for promotiug London | the book of common 11 layer, | Hymns, I christian knowledge, Northumberland «fec., in tlie Cliipcwyan langUiiRC. | I I avenue, Charing cross, C. 1891. Kirkby. Adapted for W. | By arclulcacon | Title as above verso blank 1 1. contents verso by tlie of the Shxvi Indians | the use | blank 1 1. text (mostly iu Chipewyan, roman right reverend W. C. Bompas, D. D., I characters, wltli headings and instructions iu bishop of Athabasea. 16°. | English) pp. 1-276, I

by the Soeiety for pro- Morning prayer, ])]). 1-13.— Evening prayer, Printed | pp. 14-23.— The. creed of St. Athanasins (iU moting christian knowk'dge, | 77, English), ]>p. 23-20.— The litany, 26-32.— (ireat Queen Street, Liucohi's-Iun- pp. Prayers and tiiauksgivings upon several occft- Fields, London. [187'J?] sions, pp. 33-41.— The colh^cts, ei)istles, and Tillo vcrno syllabarimn 1 1. text (in Hyllabic gospels, pp. 42-187. — Holy communion, jip. 188- chara<'ter8 with headiugs iu Enghsli) pp. 3-175, 208.— iiaptism of infants, pp. 209-221 —P.aptism colopliou 16°. p. [170], of such as are of rii)cr years, jiji. 222-229. -Ciit- Morning prayer, pp. 3-15.— P>eniug prayer, cchisin, pp. 230-236. —Coutirmation, ])p. 236- 16-26 litany, 27-34.—Prayers, pp. —The pp. pp. 238. — Solemnization of matrimony, pp. 239- etc., 43-68.— 35-42. — Holy eoiumunion, pp. 247.— Visitation and ^.'omnmnion of the sick, Hynius, pj). 69-123. Scripture lessons, pp. 124- — ]>p. 248-258. — Burial of the dead, pp. 259-266.— Catecliisni, 166-175. 165.— pp. The chundiiug of women (or the thanksgiving Copies seen : British Muscuiu, Eanie.H, Pijling, of women after childbirth), jip. 266-269. —A com- for Promoting (Jin'istian Knowledge. Society mination, or denouncing of God's auger and See Kirkby (W.W.) above for title of the Judgnieuts against sinners (jiartly in Euglish original edition of this work. aud Jiartly in Chipewyan). pp. 269-276. Issued also in ronian characters as follows Copies seen : Pilling.

Portions of tlie book of I have very successful in ascertaining | com- not been prayer, etc., in tlie the dates of the works by Archdeacon Kirkby, mon | hymns, | | language. archdea- who writes me concerning them as follows; Cliipewyaii | Hy " Being i)rinted, for the most part, in Englaud, Kirkby. Adajited for the eon | use of with no one to correct the jiroofs, many errors Indians by the right rev. the Slavi | | crept in, and in stmie cases two or tliree editions D.D., bishop of Atha- printed before could get W. C. Bompas, | had to be wo them basca. even approximately correct. In this "w ay the I • same book was printed two or three times, : Society for promotiug Loudon | which would givii to it so many dates." knowledge; christian | Northumber- William W. Kirkby was horn at Ham- laud avenue, Charing cross. [1882?] ford, Lincolnshire, in 1827, aud i-eceived his Title verso syllabariuiu in roman 1 1. text earlier education at a grammar school. When (entirely in roman characters) pp. 3-175, 16°. about 18 years old he went to the diocesan Morning prayer, pp. 3-15.—Evening prayer, school at Litchfield to prepare for the duties pp. 16-26.—The litany, pp. 27-34.— Prayers, pp. of a teacher, which he desired to become. His 35-42. —Service for holy comiuunion, etc., i)p. stay at Litclitield was very haj)py, and after 43-68. —Hymns, pp. 69-123. — Scri])ture lessons, two years his friend, the Rev. C. C. Layard, rec- pp. 124-165.—Catechism, pp. 166-175. tor of Maytield, Slaflbrdshire, oflered him the Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Society for Pro- mastership of the village national school, which moting Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. Mr. Kirkby accepted. Whilst there a strong See title next above for the same work iu d(\sire to enter the mission tield came into his sjdlabic characters. mind, aud he otfered his services to the secre- Part of the book of society. | common tary of the church missionary The pr.iyer, and administration of the otter was accepted, and iu the spring of 1851 | | Mr. Kirkby entered St. John's College, London, sacraments, and other rites | | and to ])ni)are for his new duties. In May, 1852, a ceremonies of the church, according | . sudden call camo for a teacher to go at once to of of to the use | The Church England; Red River, and the committee selected Mr. traushited into the language of the Kirkby for the post. He had not yet completeil I Chipewyan Indians of the queen's his studies, but on the 6th of June of that year I embarked on the Hudson Bay Company's ship, dominion of Canada by the ven. | | | taking his bride of a few days witV him, for archdeacon W. W. Kirkby, D. D. | Red River. The voyage was made in safety, Adapted to the use of the Tenui Indians aud t\u' young couple reached their destination

of Mackeuzie river | by the ! right rev. the 12th of October, and iu a few days after- I :

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 4y

Kirkby (W. W.) — Coutiuueil. Kirkby (W. W.) — Coutinuetl. wards he entered upon his duties. On the 24th manual containing prayers, hymns, catechism, of December, 1854, Mr. Kirkby was ordained to and short bible lessons, such as the Indians the ministry by the Kight Keverend David could readily understand. He also collected Anderson, D. D., the tirst bishop of Ruperts materials for a grammar and vocabulary for the Land, and at once took temporary charge of St. use of others. The acquisition of the language Andrew'.s church and jvarish. was thus rendered t^asuT for future mission- In 18.32 Mr. Kirkby was appointed to the aries who might enter the field. In 1809 Mr.

nii.s.sion of Ked River, arriving there in the Kirkby, having been seventeen years in the autumn of that year. His duties were to take field, went to England to place his children at cliargc of a model training school and to su- school. Uptm his return to the country, in perintend the work of education in the colony, 1870, he was appointed to York Factory, Hud-

in tlio.se parislies belonging to the church ,son Bay, that he might meet the Chipewyans missionary society. Shortly afterwards Mr. of Churchill. Here he labored for nine years, Kirkby, iu addition to his other duties, was and then retired from the mission to make a

appointed as.sistaut minister of St. Andrews, home for his children in the civilized world ; and then tlie largest parish in the .settlenu'nt, and this he has done, being now stationed at the contin\u'd there four years. In the meanwliile village of Rye, near New York. the cliurch had spread northwards and west- Klatskenai. See Tlatskenai. Cumberland, Lac la Rouge, wards to Fairford, Koltschane English River, 700 miles from Red and the Tribal names See Latham (R. G.) single bound it went into River, and then at a Vocabulary Baer (K. E. vim). Hun- the great McKenzieValh-y. Archdeacon Vocabulary Bancroft (H. H.) ter thither on an exploratory tour in 1858, went Vocabulary Buschmann (J. C. E.) the bishop appointed Mr. and the next year Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) Kirkby to take charge of the work. He at once {Dr. Emil). Ueber die Bedeiitung proceeded there, and made Fort Simpson his Kovar headquarters. This fort stands in latitude 02° (U'S possessivischeu Pronomeu fiir die N., longitude 121° W., at the confluence of the Ausdnicksweise des substanti%iscln'n Liard and Slave rivers. He began his work Attributes. with much encouragement and hope. The first In Zeitschrift fiir V61ker])sychologie und care was the language, and then the erection of Sprachwissenschaft, vol. 16, pp. 386-:i94, Berlin, suitable buildings lor church and school pur- 1886. () poses. These latter were soon supplied by the Examples in a number of American lan- kindness and liberality of the Hudson Bay guages, among them the Athapascan, p. 390. Company's officers, who took an interest in the Title from Prof. A. F. Chamberlain, from copy work. In the summer of 1862 Mr. Kirkby in the library of Toronto University. resolved to carry the gospel within the Arctic Krusenstern (Adam Johaun von). Wor- Circle, and if possible into Alaska. Securing aus Spraclien a good canoe and two reliable Indians he setoff', ter-Sammlungcu | deu following the ice down the McKenzie to Peel ciiiiger Volker des iistlichen | | I River Fort, the last trading post of the com- der Nordwest-Kiiste von Asieus und | pany and a great rendezvous of the Indians. I goniacht A. Bekannt | von Amerika. | | After a short stay here he left his can8e and, V. Krusenstern Capitadu der Rus- J. | accompanied by two guides, set out to walk siscb kaiserlichen Mariue. over the mountains. Up and down they went, | over several ridges rising from 700 to 2,800 feet, Petersburg. Gedruckt iu der St | and at last, by a sudden de.scent of 1,000 feet der Admiralitiit 1813. Druckerey | into the valley, he reached La Pierre's hou.se Title verso note 1 1. Vorbericht pp. i-xi, half and another of the Fur Company's forts. Here title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-68, Druckfehler Mr.Kirkbyreinained until theHOthof June, in- ver.so blank 1 1. 4°. structing the Indians and learning theTukudh Wortersammlung aus der Sprache der Kinai language, a kindred one to the Tinn6. He then (from Dawidoff, ResanofF, and Lisiansky), pp. embarked in the company's boat on the Rat 57-68. River, and then down the Porcupine River, a Copies neeii : A,stor, Bancroft, Brinton, Brit- tributary of the Yukon. Two miles aliove the ish Museum, Eanies, Pilling, Trumbull, Wat confluence of these Fort Yukon stands. This kinson, Wellesley. journey occupied three months, and at the close " Kutchin. Vocabulary of tlie Hong Knt- of it Mr. Kirkby writes : I have traveled over at least 3,000 miles; have been honored of God ehiu language. to carry the gospel far within the Arctic Circle Manuscript, 4 unnumljered leaves, folio,

and to a people who had never heard it liefore." written on one side only ; in the library of the The work at the Yukon was then given to the Bureau of Ethnology. Rev. R. McDonald and Mr. Kirkby devoted his Contains about 130 words, entered on one of

time at Fort Simp.son t o the language. He trans- the Smithsonian fonns of the standard vocabu- lated two of the gospels and completed a little lary. ATH 4 : :

50 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Eutchin Kutchin — Continued.

General discnasion .Se« Bancroft (H. H.) Vocabulary SoePetitot (E.E. S.J.) Niniierals Busclinianii (J. ('. E.) Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L.O.) Numerals Dall (W. H.) Vocabulary Ross (R.B.) Relationships Hcnlesty (W. L.) Vocabulary Wbymper (F.) Tribal names T.atliani (R. G.) Words Daa (L.K.) Vocabulary Bancroft (H. H.) Words Ellis (R.) Vocabulary I'.iischmann (J. C. E.) Vocabulary Kail (W. TI.) Kwalhiokwa Vocabulary Kcnuicott (R.) Vo(-abulary See Bancroft (H. H.) Vocabulary Kutcbin. Vocabulary Buschmann (J. C. E.) Vocabulary Morgan (L. H.) Vocabulary Hale (H.) Vocabulary Murray (A. H.) Vocabulary Latham (R. G.)

L. J. C. et M. I. Titles of anonymous Latham (R. G.) — Continued.

works hcginniug with these letters are Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso printers entered in this liibliogBaphy under 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii-xi, bibliography pp. xiii-xv, explanation of plates the next following word of title. verso blank 1 1. contents pp. xix-xxviii, text 1-566, index 567-574, list of works by Dr. Latham (Robert Gordon). Miscellaneous pp. pp. Latham verso blank 1 1. 8°. contributions to the ethnography of Division F, American Mongolidse (pp. 287- America. By R. G. Latham, M.D. North 460), includes : Comparative vocabulary (38 In Philological .Soc. [of London], Proc. vol. 2, words) of the Loucheux and Kenay, pp. 297- pp. 31-50 [London], 18J6, 8^. (Congress.) 298; comments on the uortliern Athabaskans, Table of words showing affinities between pp. 302-308; comparative vocabulary of the the Ahnenium and a number of other Amer- Chippewyan, Tlatskanai, and Umkwa (60 ican languages, among them the Kenay, pp. 32- words), pp. 308-310; of the Beaver and Chippe- 34. wyan (50 words and phrases), pp. 370, 371. Copies seen .'Bureau Ethnology, Congress, On the languages of the Oregon ter- of Eanies. ritory. By E. G. Latham, M. D. Read The ethnology of the British | | before the Society on the 11th Decem- I colonies dependeacies. | and | R. | By | ber, 1844. G. Latham, D., S., corre- In Ethnological Soc. of London, Jour, vol.1, M. F. R. | pp. 154-1G6. Edinburgh, [1848], 8°. (Congress.) sponding member to the Ethuological A table of 10 Sussee words showing miscel- society, Ncav York, etc. etc [Mono- | laneous affinities with a number of other Amer- gram in shield.] | ican languages, among them the Kenay, Taculli, London : John Voorst, Pater- | Van and Chipewyan, pp. 160-161. noster row. M.DCCC.LI [1851]. I

On 1*iie ethnographj' of Russian Title verso printers 1 1. contents pp. v-vi, America. By R. G. Latham, M.D. Read preface verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-264. list of before the Society 19th Februarj^^ 1845. works by Dr. Latham etc. 1 1. 16°. Chapter vi. Dependencies in America (pp. In Ethnological Soc. of London, Jour. vol. 1, 224-264), contains a list of the divisions and pp. 182-191, Edinburgh [1848], 8°. (Congress.) subdivisions of the Athabaskans, 224-227. General discussion upon the classification of pp. Copies seen : Astor, British Museum, Bureau the languages of the above-named region, and a of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. list of the vocabularies which have been printed. Reference is made to the Kenay, native races of the Russian The | | I Atnah, and Inkalite. empire. R. Latham, M. D., F. | By | G. natural history of the A-ari- The | | R. S., &-C., author of [&c. two lines.] I I eties Robert coloured of man. | | Gordon a large By With map, | Taken I late fellow from that of the Imperial Latham, M. D., F. R. S., | of Geograi)hical college, Cambridge; one Society of St. Petersburg, other KiHg's | of the | and vice-presidents of the Ethnological soci- illustrations. |

corresponding : Hippolyte Bailliere, ety, London | member London | ; 219, Ethnological society, RegtMit street; 290, Broadway, to the | and | New

[Monografii York, LI. S. Paris: J. B. Bail- York, etc. in shield.] New | | |

: liere, Hautefeuille. : Bailly Li>ndon John Van. Voorst, rue \ Madrid | Pater-

noster row. M.\).'IVV-L [1850]. Bailliere, calle del Principe. | 1854. I ' ) —

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 51

Latham (R. G.) — Continued. Latham (R. G.) — Continned.

Frontispiece 1 1. title verso liliink 1 1. notice college, Cambridge; and late professor verso blank 1 1. contents pv. v-viii, large luiip, of English in University college, | Lon- text l-:!40, 12^. pp. don. The tribe.s of Russian America (pp. 2iS9-297) I

London : | Walton and Maberly, contains a brief account of the linjinisti(! aftiu- | ities of the various divisions, including the Upper Gower street, and Ivy lane, Atliabaskaus, pp. 291-294. Paternoster row; Longman, Green, |

: Congress, Copies seen Bureau of Ethnolojiy, Longman, RoVierts, an

Western, and Central Amt^rica. By R. blauk 1 1. 8°. (J. Latham, M. D. (Read May the 9th. Chapter Iv, Languages of America, The Es- In Philological Soc. [of London], Trans. 185(i, kimo, The Athabaskan dialects [etc.] (jjp. 384- 403), contains: Divisions of tl)e Takulli, pp. 57-115, London [1857], 8'^. (Congress.) p. 388; of the Kutshin English definitions, The Athabascan Group (pp. 65-70) contains with p. lists of tribal division.s of the Takulli, p. 06; 389.—Athabaskan tribal names with meanings, 390. Kutshin, p. 67; Keuai, p. 67; Atna, pp. 67-68; p. — Comparative vocabulary (35 words) of the Kenay, Kutshin, Slave, Koltshani, Ugalents, Atna, p. 68. —General dis- and Dog-rib, pp. cussion of the Athabaskan, pp. 68-70.— Com- 390-.391; of the Chepewyan and Takulli (47 391-392; l)arative vocabulary of the Navaho and Apatch words), pp. of the Ugalents, Atna, and Kolstshani, 392-393; of (27 words), pp. 96-97. — Table of words showing pj). the Tlatskanai, affinities between the several Pueblo languages Kwaliokwa, and Umkwa (30 words), p. 391; of the Xavaho, Aiiat.sh, and Pinaleno and the Navahoaud Jicorilla, pp. 99, 100. (27 words), pp. 394-395; of the Hoopah and Jecorilla (12 Opnscnla. Essays chiefly phih»- | | | words), p. 395. logical ethnographical and | by | Rob- Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- ert Gordon Latham, A., M. D., F. gress, Eames, Watkinson. | M.

R. S., <'tc. late fellow of Kings college, Robert Gordon Latham, the eldest son of the I Cambridge, late professor of P^iiglish llev. Thomas Latham, was Ijorn in the vicarage | of Billingsborough, Liucolnsliire, March in University college, London, late 24, 1812. In 1819 he was entered at Eton. Two years assistant physician at the Middlesex | afterwards he was admitted on the founda- hospital. I tion, and in 1829 went to Kings, where he took Williams Norgate, 14 Henrietta his fellowship and degrees. & | Ethnology was street, Covent garden, London his first passion and his last, though for botany | and | he had very strong taste. 20 South Frederick street, Edinburgh. a He died March 9, 1888. Theodore Wattn in The Atheufeuin, March Leipzig, R. Hartniaun. 1860. I | 17, 1SS8. Title ver.so printer 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, contents pp. v-vi, text pp. 1-377, addenda and cor- Leclerc (Charles). Bibliotheca ameri- | rigenda pp. 378-418, 8°. cana Catalogue raisonn^ | | d'nne tres- A reprint of a number of papers read before precieiise collection de livres | anciens the ethnological and philological societies of et modernes snr | I'Amdriqne et les London. I Philipjiines Cla8s6s par ordre Addenda and corrigenda (18.59) (pp. .378^18) | alpha-

contains : Comparative vocabulary of the b^tiqne de uoms d'Aiiteurs. Redige Nav- |

aho and Pinaleno, p. 385 ; of the Beaver Indians par Ch. Leclerc. [Design.] | | and Chippewyan, 413. p. Paris Maisonneuve C'" & | 15, qnal Copies seen: Astor, Bo,ston Public, Brinton, I Voltaire M. | D. CCC. LXVII [1867] Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, Pilling, Watkinson. Cover title as above, half-title verso details of sale 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. preface At the Squier sale a presentation copy, no. pp. v-rii, catalogue ])p. 1-407, 8°. 639, brought $2.37. The Murphy copy, no. U3K, Includes titles of a number of contain- sold for $1. works Elements of comparative ing material relating to the Athapascan lan- | | j)hilol- guages. ogy. By R. G. Latham, M. A., M. D., I I Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling. F, R. 8., &c., late fellow of King's I At the Fischer sale, a copy, no. 919, brought — :

52 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Leclerc (('.) — Continued. Leclerc (C'.) — Continued.

lOs. ; at tho Squier sale, no. 651, $1.50. Leclerc, 3 i)arts : printed cover as above verso can-

1878, no. 345, prices it i I'r. and Maisonneuve, in teuts, litle as above verso note 1 1. advertisement

1889, 4 fr. The Murphy copy, no. 1452, brought verso blank 1 1. table verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1- $2.75. 153 printed cover differing slightly ; from above, verso contents, title like printed cover verso note Bibliothoca | ainericaua Histoirc, |

1 1. text i:^oo,nraphii% voyajjes, archeoloj^ic vt pp. 3-161, contents p. [162]; printed | cover, title verso notice 1 1. text pp. 3-170, table lingnistiiiuo des dciix Americjiie.s | | | 1 I., 8"^. et

Paris MaisoniRMivo et C"'", librairtvs- Copies seen : Pilling. I ([uai Voltaire, 25. There were issues for 1878 and 1887 also. ^diteurs | 1878 25, | (Eames.) Cover title as above, half-title verso blank 1

1. title as above verso bhmk 1 1. avant-propos Lefroy {Sir John Henry). A Vocabulary pp. i-xvii, table des divisions pp. xviii-xx, cata- of Chepewyan and Dog-Rib Words. logue pp. 1-64^!, suppI^nniMit pp. 645-694, index In Richardson (J.), Arctic searching expe- pp. 695-737, colophon verso blank 1 1. 8°. dition, vol. 2, i)p. 400-^02, London, 1851, S'^. Tbe linguistic part of this volume occupies A vocabulary of 45 words in each of the above-

537-643 ; it is arranged under names of lan- pp. named languages. The first was collected at guages and contain.s titles of books relating to Great Slave Lake from an interpreter, the sec- the following: Langucsamcricaiuesen general, ond from Nanett(% an interpreter at Fort Simp- 537-550; Apache, p. 553; Athapasca,p. 554; pp. son, both in 1844. Den6, 578-579. pp. Reitrinted in the later editions of the same Copies seen: Boston AthensBum, Congress, work, for titles of which see Richardson (J.) Eames, Harvard. Pilling. Legends: Priced by Quantch, no. 12172, 12s.; another Cliippewyan See Petitot (E. F. S. J.) copy. no. 12173, large paper, 11. Is. Leclerc's Loucheux Petitot (E. F. S. J.) Supplement, 1881, no. 2831, prices it 15 fr., and Peau de Li6vre Petitot (E. F. S. J.) no. 2832, a copy on Holland paper, 30 fr. A large- Slave Pctitot(E. F.S.J.) paper copy is priced by Quaritch, no. 30230, 12». Maisonneuve in 1889 prices it 15 fr. [Legoff {Rev. Laurent).] Proniissiones

[ JBibliotheca americana Histoire, Domini Nostri Jesu Christi factae B. | | Marg. Alacoque. DegayC Margrit g^ographie, voyages, archcologie et M. | | Mari be/jade ekkoredyain, Jesus lingnistiqne des deux Amoriques | | | | Supplement I [-2*]. Novembre 1881 ttahoneltte dene/a hourzhzi, tta yed- | N" ziy6 padasanoudelni walessi, Don [Design.] I I | Paris Maisonneuve & C'\ libraires- aueltte sin : Addi I

Miteurs quai Voltaire, 25 1881 [Dayton, Ohio : Philip A. Kemper. | 25, | [-1887] 1888.] A small card, 3 by 5 inches in size, headed as 2 parts : cover title as above, title as above above and containing twelve "Promises of Our verso blank 1 1. advertisement I 1. text pp. 1- Lord to Blessed Margaret Mary," in the Mon- 102, colophon verso blank 1 1. ; printed cover, title differing somewhat from the above (verso tagnais language, on the verso of which is a colored picture of the sacred heart with in- blank) 1 1. text pp. 3-127, 8°. These supplements have no separate section scription, in English, below. Mr. Kemper has devoted to works relating to American lan- published the same Promises on similar cards guages, but titles of works containing material in many languages. relating to Athapascan languages appenr Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. passim. Cours d'instructions en langue | | I Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Pilling. par le rev. pere Legotf, montagnaise | | Maisonneuve, in 1889, prices each of the two Ptre oblat de Marie immaculee supplements 3 fr. I | Montreal imprinierie J. Fournier, |

[ Catalogue ( des livres ] | de fonds 162, rue Montcalm 1889 et eu uoiubre Histoire, Archcologie, | | I Cover title as above, letter to pere Legoff Ethnographic et Linguistique de I from t Vital J. E v. de St- Albert O.M.I, (dated I'Europe, de I'Asie, de I'Afrique, | de la Crosse, le 26 septembre 1887, ap- | from He a l'Anieri(iucet del'Oceanie. [Design.] proving the work) recto blank 1 1. title as aljove | verso blank 1 1. text (in roman Paris Maisonneuve freres et Ch. characters with I some spei'ial characters, headings in French) Leclerc, editeurs | 25, (juai Voltaire p]). 3-444, table des matieres pp. i-v, errata p. quai Malacjuais, 5 (Ancienne raaison | [vi),80. Th. Barrois) [-1888-1889] | 1885 Symbole des apotres, Myst6re de la ste-tri- ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 53

Legoff (L.) — Continued. Legoflf (L.) — Continued. nitc, cr6atioii, etc. (instructious 1-47), pp. 3- Cover title as above, title as aliove verso ap- 229.—Dtcalogiie (48-56), pp. 229-263. — Yertu.s probation of t Vital J. Graudin O. M. I. tUeologales (57-59), pp. 263-274.—Sur hi priere Eve(iuo do St-Albert 1 1. .alphabet (in roman (60-67), pp. 274-307. — Graudes veriW-s (68-81), characters) p. 3, systfeme alph.abetique monta- pp. 307-370.— Sermons di'it aches on de circon- gjiais [syllabary], pp. 4-5, text (roman charac-

• taiicc (82-100), pp. 371-444. ters, witli a few special ones; headings in 16°. Copies seen : Bureau of Ethuoh)gy, Eanies, French) pp. 7-398, table pp. 399-404, Gatschet. Pilling, Wellesley. Auciennes pri^res du matin et d\i soir, pp. 7- fie la laugue raonta- 16. — Prieres corrigees. pp. 17-36. — Mani^ro Graiumaire | | dadministrer le hapteme, 37-46.— La s.ainte gnaise par le rev. peie Laurent pp. | | me.sse, pp. 47-78.— Chcmin de la croix, pp. 79- Legott", ptre oblat de Marie inima- | 108.—Devotions, etc. pp. 109-126.— C.atechisme, r'ulee 190- I pp. 127-189. —Appendice an catechisine, pp. Montreal rue Cotte, .50 1889 222. 223-394.— set 50, | to | — Cantiques. pp. Hymn Cover title as ahove, half-title verso blank music, pp. 395-398.

1 1. title as ahove verso hlanlv 1 1. hishop's ap- Copies seen : Eames, (J.atschef, Pilling, Welles-

])rovrtl verso hlank 1 1. dedication ver.so blank 1 ley. 2.5-342, table of 1. introduction pp. 9-24, text pp. prieres en langue mon- Livre de | | contents pp. 343-351, errata verso blank 1 1. tagnaise [One line syllabic charac- folding table of verbs between pp. 110-ill,8°. | concerning the Montagnais ters] Par le R6v. Pere Legoff, O. M. General reniark.s I 9-13. — Montagnais and their language, pp. I. [Two lines French ; two lines sylla- I alphabet .and words, pp. 13-24.—Gf the article bic characters] | and other determinatives, pp. 25-28.— Noun or Montreal. C. O. Beaucheniin fils, | & substantive, pp. 29-44. —Pronouns, pp. 45-03.— Libraires-Iniprinieurs, 256 et 258 rue Adverbs, pp. 04-86. —Prepositions .and postposi- | Saint-Paul. 1890 [Two lines syllal)ic 87-95. 96-98. In- | tions, pp. —Conjunctions, pp. — | terjections, 99-101. — Adjectives, 103- pp. pp. cliaracters ] 117.—Verbs, pp. 118-320.— Terms of relation- Cover title as above, title verso approbation ship, pp. 327-331.—Names of jiarts of the body, of 1 Vital J. Griindin O. M. I. Evequo de St- pp. 331-330. —Names of parts of the bodies of Albert 1 1. roman .alphabet p. 3, systeme alpha- tishes and birds, pp. 336-337.—Sentences, the betique montagnais [syll.ab

Marie inimacnlee logical studies partly .at the Seminary of Quim- | Montreal rue Cotte, 50 1889 per, partly at Autun, at the scholasticateof the | 50, | congregation of the Virgin Mary, to which he Cov^er title as above, half-title verso blank belongs. Ordained a priest on the 26th of May, 1 1. title as above verso hlank 1 1. bishop's ap- 1866, he immediately received instructions and proval ver.so blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 left Franco for America the 5th of the following 1. text in nmi.an characters pp. 7-200, table of July. arrived at St. Boniface on the 14th of contents pp. 201-214, errata 1 p. 8°. He from there to St. Josejih, The text consists of thirty-three chapters, Octolx^r, and was sent until carrying the bible narrati\'e from the creation near Pembin.a, where he remained the to Boni- of the world to the time of Jesus Christ. 21st of Maj', 1867. On his return St. face he received orders to go to the mission of Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. St. Peter, on Lake Caribou, where he arrived the 4th of October, remaining until the 15th of Katolik Deueya ' tiye dittli.sse I | Tune, 1870, when he left for the He a laCros.se, Livre de priere.s en langue monta- | where he arrived at the end of .July. There he leRev. Pere Legoff, I. gnaise | Par O. M. remained until July. 18S1, during which time [Two lines Latin; two lines Monta- he com])osed the books titled above. His health gnais] [Oblate seal] failing, lie proceeded to St. Bouifa<-e, where I | ho received medical treatment for nine months. Montreal C. O. fils, | Beaucbemin & In M,ay, 1882, he started for his mission, reacli- LiVtraires-Iinpiimeurs, 256 et 2.58 rue | ing there July 15, where he has since remained, Saint-Paiil. 1890 lines Mon- | [Two | except during the time spent in Montreal while tagnais] his books were going through the press. 54 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Lenox: Tliis word following ;ititl(^ or within jiarcii- LLsiansky (U.) — Continued. tli:it a copy of the thoscs iifU-r a notd indicates (ii)>tain ill the Russian navy, and I | work referred to lias been seen li\ (lie coiiiiiilci' knight of the orders of St. George and ill the Lenox. Library, New Yoik City. St. Vladiiner. | Lesley (.Tosepli Peter). On Hif iiiscnsilili' London: Printed for .Tcdin Booth, | grtidiitioii of words, l>y .1. 1*. I.<',sley. Duke street, Portland ]dace; and | In American Philosoph. Soc. Troc. vol. 7, \i\). Longman, Hurst, Rees,Ornie, «& Brown, 129-155, Philadelphia, 1861. S'\ (( 'oiigross.) Paternoster row; by S. Hamilton, | Contains a few words in ('liii)iicwyau. Surrey. 1814. Weybridge, |

Teiiiii or Pp. i-xxi, 1 1. pp. 1-388, maps, 4°. iiiitl prayers in the | Lessons | as under next previous of tlie liuliaus of Linguistic contents Slavi l;nioii!i,ue | | title, pp. 329-337. river, in the iiortli-west Mackeuzie | | Copies seen : A stor, Boston Athenai'uni, Brit- territory of Cfaiiada. [Seal of the S. | ish Museum, Congress. P.C.K.'] cojjy at the Pinart sale, no. 1372, brought I A 5 fr. [London Society for promoting :] These vocabularies reprinted in Davidson

Northumberland * christian knowledge, [ (G.), Report relative to * " Alaska, in Coast avenue, Charing cross, W. C. [1890.] Survey, Ann. Rept. 1867, pp. 293-298, Washing- ton, 1869, 4°; again in Davidson (G.), Report Title verso blank 1 1. text in the Teuni lan- relative to - •' * Alaska, in Ex. Doe. 77,40th guage with English lieadiugs pp. 3-81, 16°. Cong., 2d sess., pp. 328-333; and again in Possibly by Rev. W. D. Reeve, (»r Bi.shop Bom- Davidson (t!.), 111 Coast Survey, Coast Pilot of pas. Ala.ska, pp. 215-221, Washington, 1869. 8<5. For Lessons (1-GG), pp. 3-CO.- Family prayers, pp. extracts see Schott (W.); Zagoskin (L. A.); C7-7fi.— Private prayers, pp. 7G-81. Zelenoi (S.J.) Copies seen : Eames, Pilling. LoeAW {l>r. Oscar). Vocabulary of the Lipan: the Nfivajo. Lord's prayer See Bancroft (H. H.) Apache and of Lords prayer Coleecion. In G-atschet (A. S.), Zwiilf Sprachen aus Lord's prayer Pimeutel (F.) dem Siidwesten jSTordamerikas, pp. 98-115, Vocabulary Gatsehet (A.S.) Weimar, 1876,8°. Words B(dlaert (W.) Contains about 400 words each. Scattered throughout the same work are many phrases, .IHCaHCKlii (lOPin). [Lisiansky (Capt. remarks on grammatic construction, etc., all ITyTeiuecrBie iiOKpit CBfcia bi, from Dr. Loews manuscripts. | Urey).J |

r». II rn,iaxx, no nuBc.itiiiio 1803. 4. 1806 | of the Arivaipa lan- | Vocabulary Be.iiiHecTBa A.ieKcaii.ipa cro ininepaTdpcKiiro | guage.

Kopao.il; UcbI;, 1104^ na'ia.ii.c In Wheeler (G. M.), Report upon U. S. Geog. nepiiaio, iia | | I Survey, vol. 424-465, 469, Washington, TBOMT. 'I'loia KaniiTan^.iciirenaiiTa, muiiI; 7, pp. I 1879, 4°. nra 11 itasa-ippa K)piji KaoHTaHa 1-ro pa | | Contains 211 words in the first division and .iHcaHcKari. lacTB nepBa)i[-BTopan]. | | 80 words and sentences in the second. Collet'ted CaHKTiio'repGypr^, b^ Ttinorpa^iii 0. ;lpex- in Arizona, September, 1879. c.iepa, 1812. language. I Vocabulary of the Nfivajo in M.), Reports upon U. S. Geog. world | 'Wheeler (G. Ti-anslatiuii.—Yojage | around the In of his 424-405, 469, Washington, the years 1803. 4, 5 and 180(5, ! by order | Survey, vol. 7, pp. I, on the ship 4^1. maje.sty | Alexander | 1879, imperial | captain-lieutenant in the first division and 26 Xeva, under command 1 of Contains 217 words I captain of the 1st rank and words sentences in the second. of the navy, now | additional and Mexico, June, 1873. | V(d. Collected in knight Urey Lisiansky. Ihll]. I New I St. Petersburg, in tlie in-iuting-oltice of 'I'll. Prayer In one hun- Lord's. The Lord's | Drechsler, 1812. | thirty-one tongues. Contain- dred and | 2 vols. 8'^. spoken Vocabulary (about 500 words) of the lan- ingalltheitrincipal languages | of northweatern ])arts of America, in Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. guages the | I Russian-Kadiak-Kena'i, v(d. 2, pp. 154-181. St. Paul's Publishing Com- Londcm: |

Cdjiifx .icen : British Mu.seum, Congress. pany, 12, Paternoster Sijuare. [n.d.] I the world, in Title verso blank 1 1. preface (signed F. Pin- voyage round | A | I cott, fellow of the Royal Asiatic Society) pp. the years 1803, 4, 5, & performed 6; | | 1-2, contents pp. 3-4, text pj). 5-62, 12°. imperial majesty Alex- his | by order of Lord's prayer in the Chiiipewyau or Tiiiu6 ander the First, emperor of Russia, in 61. I (roman and syllal)ic), p.

Urey Lisiansky, Copies .seen : Church Missionary Society. Neva, I the ship | by | I : .

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 55

Lord's prayer: Lubbock (J.) — ("(mtiiiiicd.

Chippewyaii Apostolides (S.) Half-title verso Idauk 1 1. froiH isiiiece 11.

Cliippewyau r.ergholtz (G.F.) title \-er80 blank 1 1. preface to the American Chippewyaii Eompas (W. C.) edition jip. iii-iv. preface pp. v-viii, content.s Chippewyaii Kirkliy (W.W.) p. ix, illustrations pp. xi-xii, list of principal Chiiipewyaii Lord's. works quoted ])p. xiii-xvi, text pp. 1-323, ap- Chippowyan Ro§t(R.) pendix pp. 325-362, notes pp. 363-36.">, index pp. Dog Rib Bompas ("«^."W.) 367-3S0, four other plates, 12°. Lipan Bancroft (H. H.) Linguistics as under title next above, p. 288.

Lipau Coleccion. Copies seen : Pilling. Lipaii Piinentel (F.) civilisation and the The origin of | Slave Bergholtz; (G.F.) I condition of man. Mental primitive | Slave Kirkby (W. W.) I of savages. ("W.D.) and social condition | By Slave Reeve | Slave Rost(R.) sir John Lubbo.k.Bart., M. P., F. R. S. Tinno Bompas (W. C.) Author [&c. Hues.] Second two | I Tukudh Bompas ("W. C.) edition with additions. Tukudh Rost (R.) |

: Longmans, Green, and co. London | Lototen. See Tututen. 1870. Loucheux I Pp. i-xvi, 1-420, 8^. Dictionary See Petitot (E.r. S.J.) Linguistics as under titles above, p. 327. Grammatic comments Mljller (F.) Copies seen : British Museum Graniniatic treatise Petilot (K. F.S.J.)

^ origin of civilisation and the The | Legends Petitot (E. F.S.J.) I H.) of Mental Relationships Morgan (L. primitive condition man. | I Songs Petitot(E. F.S.J.) condition of savages. By a>ud social | | Text Promissioues. sir .lohn Lubbock, Bart., M. P., F. R. Vocabularj' Bancroft (H. H.) S. Vice Chancellor [&c. three lines.] Tocabularj' Buschmann (J. C. E.) I Third edition, with numerous addi- Vocabulary Lsbester (J. A.) I Vocabulary Latham (R. G.) tions. I "Words Daa(L.K.) Longuuins, Green, ami co. London: | Gibbs (G.) "Words 1875. "Words Petitot (E. F.S.J.) I Liugui.stics as* umb-r titles above, pp. 416- origin of 417. Lubbock {Sir John). The |

: British ^luseuiu. civilisation and the primitive con- CujJies seen | | civilisation aud the con- The origin of | Mental and social I dition of man. | condition of man. Mental primitive | of savages. sir .Tohn Lub- I By | dition | of savages. and social condition | By P., F. R. S. author | bock, Bart., M. | [«&c. two lines.] Sir John Lubbock, Bart. M. P. F. R. S. | D. C.L. LL.D. President [&c. five Longmans, Green, anp. 1-323, appendix pp. 325-362, notes pp. 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, contents pp. ix-xiii, 365, index pp. 367-380, four other plates, 8^. illustrations pp. xv-xvi, list of the principal A few words in Tahkali, Tlatskanai, and works quoted pp. xvii-xx, text pp. 1-480, appen- Athabascan, p. 288. dix 481-524, notes pp. 525-.^33, index pp. 535- Copies seen: Astor, Britisli Museum, Con- pp. 548, five other plates, 8°. gress, Eames. Linguistics as under titles almve, p. 427. civilisation and the Copies seen: Eames. The origin of | I Mental primitive condition of man. | of civilisation and the The origin | I I of savages. By and social condition | conditi

1870. Additions I ; —

56 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Lubbock (J.) — C'oiitiinud. Lude-wig (H. E.) — Continued.

London Louginaiis, Green, and eo 179; Ticorillas (Jicarillas), p. 186, 241 ; Tlats- | | kanai, 1889 All riojhts resserverl p. 189; Fmpqua, jip. 195, 244. I Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Half-title verso printers 1 1. frontispiece 1 1. Eames, Pilling. title verso blank 1 1. preface (dated rebniary, At the Fischer sale, no. 990, a copy brought 1870) pp. vii-x, contents pp. xi-xvi, illustrations 5«. ed. ; at the Field sale, no. 1403, $2.63 ; at the pp. xvii-xviii, list of principal works quoted Squiersale, no. 1)99, $2.62; another copy, no. 1906, pp. xix-xxiii. text ]ip. 1-48G, appendix pp. 487- $2.38. Priced by Lederc, 1878, no. 2075. 15 fr. 529, notes pp. 531-539, index pp. 541-554, list of Tlie Pinart copy, no. 565, sold for 25 fr.,^and the works by the same author verso blank 1 1. five Murphy copy, no. 1540, for $2.50. other plates, 8°. Dr. Ijudewig has himself so fully detailed the Lingni.stics as nnder titles above, ]>.432. plan and j)urport of this work that little more Copifs seen : I'^anies. remains for me to add beyond the mere state- (M. P. de). Extrait du ment of tlie origin of my connection with the Lucy-Fossaiieu | conipte st<^nograi)liiqne du publieati(ni, and the mention of such .idditions rendu | 'for which I am alone responsible, and which, CongrJ's international des scienee.s | during its jirogress through the press, have etlinogTapliiques, tenu a Paris du 15 | giadiially accumul.ated to about one-sixth of indi- au 17 juillet 1878. | Les laugues tlio whole. This is but an act of ju.stice to the la Californie. l^tude de memory of Dr. Ludewig; because at the time of ennes de | | pliilologie etbnograpbique, par M. P. his death, in December, 1856, no more than 172 | pages were printed otf, and these Lncy-Fossarieu, niembre du con- constitute the de | only portion of the -work which had the benefit seil central de I'lnstitution ethnogra- of his valuable j)ersonal and final revision. pliique, laurdat de la Soci<}te ani^ri- Similarity of pursuits led, during I my stay in caine de Franee. [Design.] New York in 1855, to an intimacy with Dr. | | nationale. Ludewig, during which he mentioned th.it he, Paris. Imiirimerie | M I DCCC LXXXI[1881]. like myself, had been making bibliographical memoranda for years of all books which serve Cover title as above, half-title verso blank 1 to illustrate the history of spoken language. As 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 5-55, 8°. a first section of amore extended work on thelit Vocabulary of the Loloten or Tutataniys, pp. erary history of language generally, he had pre- 20, 24, 28, 32, 3G, 40, 44, 48, 52, 54. pared a bibliographical memoir of the remains of Copies seen : Brinton, Pilling. the aboriginal Languages of America. The man- Ernst). liter- n.script had been deposited by him in the library LudeTvig (Hermann The | ature of American aboriginal lan- of the Ethnological Society at New York, but I I at my request he at once most kindly placed it guages. By Hermann E. Ludewig. I | I at my disposal, stipulating only that it should corrections With additions and | by be printed in Europe, under my per.sonal super- Edited l»y professor Wm. W. Turner. | intendence. Nicolas Triibner. Upon my return to England, I lost no time in | carrying out the trust thus confided to me, in- : Triibner and co., 60, Pater- London | tending then to confine myself .simply to pro- noster row. MDCCCLVIII [1858]. I ducing a correct copy of my friend's manuscript. Half-title "Triibner's bibliotheca glottica I" But it soon became obvious that the transcript

verso blank 1 1. title as above verso printer 1 1. had been hastily made, and but for the valii-

preface pp. v-viii, contents verso blank 1 1. ed- .able assistance of literarjf friends, both in this itor's advertisement pp. ix-xii, biographical country and in America, the work would prob- memoir pp. xiii-xiv, introductory bibliograph- ably have been abandoned. Mj- thanks are more ical notices pp. xv-xxiv, text ]ip. 1-209, ad- particularly due to Mr. E. G. Squier, and to Prof. denda pp. 210-246, index pp. 247-256, errata pp. William W. Turner, of Washington, by whose 257-258, 8°. AiTauged alphabetically by laii- considerate and valuable cooperation many dif- gtiages. Addenda by "Wm. "W. Turner and ficulties were cleared away and my editorial Nicolas Triibner, pp. 210-246. labors greatly lightened. This encouraged me Contains a list of grammars and vocabularies, to spare neither personal labor nor expense iu and among others of the following peoples: the attempt to render the work as p^^rfeet as American languages generally, pp. xv-xxiv possible; with what success must be left to

Apaches, pp. 8, 211; Athapascan, pp. 14, 211; the judgment of those w ho can fairly appreciate Atnah, pp. 15, 212; Beaver, p. 18; Chepewyan, the labors of a pioneer in any new field of liter- pp. 35-36,215-216; Dogrib, p. 66; Hoo-pah, p. 82; ary research. Editor's advertisement. Hudson's Bay, pp. 83-84, 223; Kinai, pp. 92-93, Dr. Ludewig, though but little known in this 225; Koltschanes, p. 96; Kutchin, Loucheux, coT\ntry [England], was held in considerable pp. 99, 22G; Lipan, p. 226; Nav.-ijos, pp. 132-133, esteem as a jurist, botli in Germany and the 233; Piualeuos, p. 150; Sicannis, p. 175; Sussee, United St;vtes of America. Born at Dresden in p.l78; Tacullies, pp. 178-179,240; Tah-lewah, p. 1809, with but little exception he continued to —

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 57

Ludewig (H. E. ) — Continued. Ludewig (H. E.) — Continued.

reside ill his nativo city until 1844, wlieu lie of the nomini prematur in annum, he was w hen

i'iiiijj;rate

But, even whilst thus engaged, he delighted in with this he was cimtcnted ; for it was a dis- investigating the rise and progress of the land tingui.shing feature in his character, notwith- of his subseiiuent adoption, and his researches standing his great and varied knowledge and into the vexed question of the origin of the brilliant acquirements, to disregard his own peopling of America gained him the highest toil, even amounting to drudgerj' if needful, if consideration, on both sides of the Atlantic, as lie could in .any way assist in the jiromulgation a man of original and inquiring mind. He was of literature and science. a contributor to Nauinann's " SerapaBum;" and Dr. Ludewig was a corres]ionding member of amongst tlie chief of his contributions to tliat many of the most distiiigui.shed Kiiropean and journal may be mentioned those on "American American literary societies, and few men were Libraries," on the "Aids to American Bibliog- held in greater consideration by scliolars both raphy," and on the "Book-Trade of the United in America and Germany, as will readily be States of America." In 184G appeared his "Lit- acknowledged should his voluminous corre- erature of American Local History," a work of spondence ever see the light. In private life he much importance and which required no small was distinguished by the best qualities which amount of labor and perseverance, owing to endear a man's memory to those who survive

the necessity of consulting the many and widely him : he wa.s a kind and afl'ectionate husband scattered materials, which had to be sought and a sincere friend. Always accessible and out from apparently the most unlikely channels. ever read5toaid and counsel those who applied These studies formed a natural induction to to him for advice upon matters appertaining to " the present work on The Literature of Ameri- literature, his loss will long be felt by a most can Aboriginal Lajiguages," which occupied extended circle of friends, and in him Germany his leisure concurrently with the others, and the mourns one of the best reiiresentatives of her printing of whicli was commenced in August, learned men in America, a genuine type of a 1856, but which he did not live to see launched class in which, with singular felicity, to genius upon the world; for at the date of his death, on of the highest order is combined a painstaking the 12tli of December following, only 172 pages and plodding perseverance but seldom met were in type. It had been a labor of love with with beyond the confines of " the Father- him for vears; and if ever author were mindful land." Biographic moiioir.

McDonald {liew Eobert). [Terms of McDonald (R.) — Continued. relationsliip of the Tukuthe, collected evening prayer, pp. 10-18. —Prayers, pp, 19- 20. Order of the administration of the Lord's by R. McDonald, esq., a factor of the — supper, 20-53. —Bapti.sm of infants, pp. 54- company, Peel River Fort, Hudson's i)p. 06; of adults, pp. 66-78. —Solemnization of mat- Bay Territory, June, 1865.] rimony, pp. 79-93. —Burial of the dead, pp. 94- (L. H.), of consanguinity In Morgan Systems 104.—Chilig [hymns, nos. i-xxx], pp. 105-123. and affinity of the human family, 293-382, pp. Copies seen : Church Missionary Society, lines 08, Washington, 1871, 4°. Eames, Pilling, Society for Proiuotiiig Christian selection from the book of com- Knowledge. A | | prayer, according to the use of mon | [ ] Nuwheh knkwadhud .Testis Christ the United Church of England and I vih kwundulv nirzi Matthew, | Mark, Translated into I Ireland. | Tukudh, | | Luke, John ha rsiotitinyokhai kirre | rev. M'Donald, missionary by the R. | kwitinyithutlnth kwikit. ) John of the Church missionary society. I | rsiotitinyoo vih etunetle tig ha | | [Seal of the S. P. C. K.] | thieteteitazya. Tukudh tshii zit | |

58 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

( McDonald (R.) — <'<»llill"<'

Titl. v.rs.. bliink 1 1. tfxt (with cliiiptcilitl.s Ktitiiiietlc tiitthug (Mijit gicliincbik I Eiij;iisli) :i-'2Gl, 12'^. in ])i>. rsikotitinyoo ako ako sakvament | I LiiUi\ I Mattliew, pp. :i-75. —Mark, \t\K 70-121 . — cbizi tblelcliil nutiude ako kindi pp. 122-l!t9.—.Tobii, pp. 199-257. —ICpistlts of I | kwnnttlutritli Ingland tblelcbil Joliu i-iii, ]»p. 2r>7-207. | |

Kaiiiis, I'illiiij;. Wcllcsloy. timgittiyinkwikit. (The Epistles and (kjpii'S seen : | Gospels inserted.) Takudli are not | cludi kwnmliik iiynk- Ettunetle | | tsba zit tbleteteitazya A'en. archdea- wuu trcltsci. Rev. M. Ostervald, | I | con 1). D., kirkbe. [Seal McDonald, | kiiklie. V(Mi. aiilulo.acon McDonald, | I oftheS. P. C. K.] kiikhe tlileteteitazya Takudh tsba I I London: Society for promoting | zit. [Seal of the 8. P. C. K.] I | christian knowledge, Northumberland

Louilou : Society for promotiui;; I avenue, Charing cross, W. C. [1885.] Northumberland knowledge, j cbristiaii Eiujlish title: Book of common prayer | cross, W. C. [1885.] avenue, Cbaring and administration of tho sacraments | and I

other I rites and ceremonies of tho church Title verso blank 1 1. text (Oste.rwald'.s | according to the of the Church of Eng- abridgment of the history of tho bible; with use | land. (The Preface and Tables are printed in the exception of chapter title.s in English, en- I English, and the Epistles and (Tospels are not tirely in tlie Takiidh language) pp. 3-23, 16°. iu.serted, oxcejit those taken from the Old | Copies seen : Eanics, Pilling, Society for Pro- Testament, which are given at the end.) moting Christian Knowledge, Wellealey. | into ven. the tongue | Translated Takudh | by tntthug enjit gicbin- Ettunetle | archdeacon McDonald, D. D. [Seal of the | sakrameut rsikotitiuyoo S.P.('.K.]| ako ] chik | I

London : Society for promoting christian tblelcbil nutmde ako kindi | ako cbizi | knowledge, avenue, Charing | Northumberland Ingland tblelcbil kwunttlutritili | | I cross, W. C. [1885.] Takudb tsba tungittiyin kwikit. | Takudh title verso 1. 1 recto blank, English ven. arcbdeacon zit tbleteteitazya | tide recto 1. 2 verso blaftk, text (with the excep- D., kirkbe. [Seal of tion of a few headings in English, entirely in D. | McDonald, | tbeS. P. C. K.] the Takudh language) pp. 1-221, 10°. I Tlie preface and tables mentioned on the Society for -promoting London: | English title-page are omitted from the only Northumberland knowledge, [ christian copy I have seen. Charing cross, W. C [1885.] avenue, Copies seen : IMlling. of prayer and English title: Book common | Ochikthud ettunetle trootsbid, tlie sacraments, other | administration of | and I ako ettunetle chob trorzi ochikthud of the accord- I | rites and cercanoniea church | I ettunetle ako tblukwinadhun ket- of | | the use of the | church P^ugland. ing to 1 (The Preface and Tables are printed in Eng- chid trorzi dr. Watts, kirkbe. kah | | | the Epistles Go.spel8 .are not in- lish, and | and Tblett^teitazya | arcbdeacon McDon- the Old Tes- serted, except those taken from | ald, D. D., kirkbe. tament, which are given at the end. The I | Loudon: printed by the Religious of Prayer to be used at Sea, | Psalter, the Form ] Articles of tract society. 1885. the | the Ordination Service, and |

Religion are omitted from ^this Edition.) Title verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in the | into the tongue ven. Takndh language) 3-17, 16°. Takudh | Translated by | pp. archdeacon McDonald, D. D. [Seal of the Catechism, pp. 3-8. Old Testament pas- | — S.P.C.IC] sages, pp. 9-13. —New Testament passages, pp. I

: Society for promoting christian London | 14-17.

Northuml)erland avenue, Charing seen : Pilling. knowledge, | Copies cross, W.C. [1885.] [ ] Tiikndb bynins. Takudh title verso 1. 1 recto blank, English

title recto 1. 2 verso blank, preface, concerning [Loiuhtn : Society for promoting the service of the church, of ceremonies, etc.. 2 christian knowledge. 1885.]

11. tables 11. proper lessons etc. 4 and rules 4 11. Colophon : Printed by William Clowes and text (with the exception of a few headings in sons, limited, Loudon and Beccles. English, entirely in the Takudh language) pp. No title-page or heading, title above from 1-221,16°. outside cover, syllabarium pp. i-iv, text (en- 1-74, 16°. Copies seen : Eamcs, Pilling, Society for Pro- tirely in the Tukudh language) pp. moting Christian Knowledge, "Wellesley. Chilig [hymns, nos. i-lxxvi], pp. 1-58.— Some copies differ in title-page and collation, Doxologies, nos. i-iv, p. 59.— Canticles, pp. 60- as follows: 65. —Catechism, pp. 66-74. — —: :

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 59

McDonald (R.) Coiiliiincd. McDonald (R.) — Coutiniu'd.

Copies xeeii : Eaines, rilling, Society for Pro- The testament of our lord new | | I luotiujj: Knowledge, WcUt'sltry. Christiau aud saviour Jesus Christ. jTi-anslated | A later editiou, with title-jjage. as Ibllows into ven. archdeacon Takndh by | Chilig Takudli tsliali zit. Hymu.s | McDonald, D. D. I | iu Takiulli liinguage. Composed aud | London: priute

christian knowledge, : Northumberland 28 he replied as follows : avenue, Charing cross, W. C. [1885.] " My statement is based upon the following: Title verso blank 1 1. text (Oxenden's family The arcluleacon was in Winnipeg three or four prayers, entirely in the Tukudh language, with years ago aiul was interviewed by a reporter the exception of a few phrases in English) pp. of the Manitob.i Free Press. The rejtort of that 3-50, 16°. interview was a long one, which I have jire-

Copies seen : Eames, Pilling, Society for Pro- served in my scrapbook. In this report is the moting Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. foUowing : 'A syllabary has been made of the syllables made use of in the language. While David vi psalmnut. Takndh | tsha the syllables of the Cree language number only zit thleteteitazya ven. | archdeacon about 32, the syllabary re(iuired for the Tukudh M<-Donald, kirkhe. D. D. [Seal ; | of contains about 500 .syllables and thi.s, notwith- | the S. P. C. K.] standing the apparent difficulty, some of the I Indians have learned in a fortnight. These Winnipeg, Man. : Printed | by Robt. syllables are written out in Roman letter.s. Richardson for the Society for D. | | Some of the more intelligent have learned to Promoting Christiau Knowledge, | read the gospels fairly within three months.' Loudon. 1886. I have an interview held with the archdeacon's I

Title verso blank 1 1. text (with the exception brother, and several references to the archdea- of heading.s in English and Latin, entirely in con in letters which he wrote himself and were theTakudh language) pp. 1-195, 16°. printed in the newspapers; also letters and

Copies seen .- Eames, Pilling, Society for Pro- notes of travel by Hudson Bay Company's moting Christian Knowledge, Wellesley. officers. This, however, is the only reference : :

60 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

McDonald (R.) — Continued. McDonald (R.) — Continued. to till' sylliibriry; but, as it w;is so explicit, I nations of two, three, four, and five Roman

tVlt that Hiiicly tliore could Ixi iiu find it to lie incorrect I zui, zit, Dhoo, Dhou, Dhei, Kdlia, Tdhoo, would feel obliged if you would kindly let me lithou, etc. " know, as I am verydesirou.sof being accurate For a lengthy description and afac-siniile of Under date of August 0, ISiM), Mr. McLean the Evans syllabary referred to, see the Bib- again wrote me, as follows liography of the Algomiuian Languages, pp. " When first I read the accountof Arclnleacon ISG et seq. McDonald's syllabary I was under the imiu-es- sion that it was composed of characters similar McElroy (Patrick D.) Comparative to the Evans characters, in the Tnkudh lan- vocabulary of tlie English and Jica- guage. 1 am not now of that oi)iuiou. I think rilla Apache languages. Compiled at he must arrange tlie Iloman characters in thti Cimarron, Colfax County, New Mexico. form of a syllaliary and by tliis means teaeli By Patrick D. the Indians to read rapidly." McElroy. 1875. In his letter was inclosed aclipi)ing from the Manuscript, 14 unnumbered leaves, 4°, in the Regina Leader of July 8, 1800, i>ublished at library of tlie liureau of Ethnology, Washing- Kegiua, Assiniboia, N. W. T., reading as fol- ton, D. C. lows: The first ."> 11. of this manuscriiit consist of a " Over one year ago a famous American etli- letter from the author, iu which he includes a nologist wrote to the Rev. Dr. McLean, Moose "Vocabulary of numerals as far as seven Jaw, calling in question some stateiueuts made thousand." The succeeding 9 11. compri.se the by him in his book on Indians The of Canada, "Comparative vocabulary" issued by the relating to the existence of a .syllabary of the Smithsonian Institution to collectors, known as Takudh language. Dr. replied McLean that he " Blank no. 171),' containing 211 words (in Eng- had excellent authority for his statement, but lish, Spanish, French, and Latin), of which that lie would write at once to Dr. R. McDonald, equivalents were desired, nearly all of which of Peel River, inventor of the syllabary, and Mr. McElroy has given. learn particular.s. As Dr. McDonald's mission Under the title on the first page is the fol- house for a time was one mile within the Arctic lowing certificate : Circle it was expected that it would take two "The within was prepared by P. D. McElroy, years to receive a reply to the lettei'. An an- interpreter at tlie Cimarron Indian Agency, swer lias been received, Just within thirteen New Mexico, and has been tested and found to months, and a copy of the syllal>ary, tlie con- be correct. tents of the letter corroborating Dr. McLean's " Alexb. G. Irvine, .statements in his book 'The Indians of Can- " U. S. Indian Agent. ada,' and in his latest work, just published, "W. P.M. Arnv,

' James Evans, Inventor of the Syllabic Sys- "t/'.

tem of the Cree Language.' The following is Mcintosh (Robert). See a copy of the letter Gatschet (A. S.) " 'St. Matthew's,

•"Peel Hiyer, Jaiitiarj/ '^'2, '90. Mackenzie (Sir Alexander). Voyages ( " 'The J{ev. John McLean .- from Montreal, on the river | St. I •' 'Dear Sir: I send you a copy of the sylla- Laurence, through the continent | of | bary refei-red to. You will observe that very North America, to the | Frozen | and few of the rows after the first ])age are com- Pacilic oceans; In the Years 1789 plete, simply througli want of space. This will | and 1793. With a preliminary account of show that there is no exaggeration. | As to the I time taken in learning to read in the Takudh the rise, progress, and present state of tongue by means of the syllabary, instead of the fur trade of that country. Illu.s- | I | exaggerating, the fact is it is understated rather trated with maps. | By Alexander than otherwise iu some ca.ses; for instance, Mackenzie, esq. there is one that learnt the syllabary iu three | days and to read the gospels iu about a London: printed for T. Cadell, jun. month. | 1 may say that I do not claim great credit for and W. Davies, Strand; Cobbett and the invention of the syllabary. It was sug- Morgan, I'all-mall ; Creech, | and W. at gested by Evans's syllabic characters. Edinburgh. R. Noble, Old-Bailey. | By " 'With high consideration, M. DCCC. I [1801]. " 'Yours respectfully, I

'"R. McDonald, D. D., Half-title verso blank 11. portrait 1 1. title

" 'Archdeacon."' verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. Mr. McLean was correct as to the make-up of preface pp. iii-viii, general history of the fur " the syllabary. In the Tukudli Hymns,"titled trade etc. jip. i-cxxxii, text pj). 1-412, errata 1 1. " above, the syllabarium' is given in the pre- :i maps, 4°. liminary pages and consists simply of combi- Some account of theChepewyau Indians (pp. );

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 61

Mackenzie (A.) — Coutiuiiod. Mackenzie (A.) — Continued. cxvi-csxxii) includes " Examples of the Chep- Voyages d'Alex.'*'" Mackenzie; I | ewyau tongue," a vocabulary of 140 words and dans rinterieur de I'Ameritxue Sep- | | lihrases. pp. cxxix-cxxxii. — Vocabulary (24 tentriouale, Faits eu 1789, 1792 et wovds) of the Nagailer or Chin Indians, and "f | 1793; Lel.'^^'^, do Montreal aufort Chi- the Atnali or Carrier Indians, p]). 257-25S. The I piouyan Glaciale; Le 2.""", Atnah given Iiere is Salishan, not Athajiascan. et a la mer | Copirx seen: Astor, J?an

russia cojiy, 11. ; Clarke &. co. 1886, no. 4043, mier [-III]. .$5.50 ; Stevens, 1887, 11. 7.5. 6d. I Paris, Dentu, Imprimeur-Lil>raire, from Montreal, on the I Voyages | | | Palais du Tribunal, galeries de bois, | river St. Laureuee, through | the | n." 240. An X.—1802. I continent of North ;\.meriea, to the | | 3 vols, maps, 8°.

Frozen and Pacific oceans : in the years Linguistics as in the tirst edition titled above,

1789 ami 1793. With a preliminary vol. 1, pp. 304-310. vol. 3, p. 20. | account of the rise, progress, Copies seen : Astor, Congress. | and pres- At the Fischer sale, no. 25.33, a copy brought ent state of the fur trade of that | | I 1*. Priced by Gagnou, Quebec, 1888, $3. country. Illustrated | with a map. | By For title of an extract from this edition see Alexander Mackenzie, Esq. First | under date of 1807 below. American edition. | ^ Mackenzie's Esq. Reiseu Alexander | New-York: printed and sold by G. | von Montreal durch Nordwestameri- F. Hopkins, at Washington's head, No. I I Eismeer und der Siid- ka uaeh dem | Pearl-street. 1802. I 118, | See in den Jahren 1789 und 1793. | Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank I

1. preface to London edition Nebst eiuer Geschichte des Pelzhan- 1 the pp. v-viii, I text pp. 1-206, map, 8^. in Canada. Aus dem Englischeu. dels [ Linguistics as in the edition of 1801 titled Mit eiuer allgemeinen Karte und dem I ut xt above, pp. 91-94, 271. Bild- nisse des Verfassers. I | Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athenaium. 1802. Berlin und Hamburg. | Voyages from Montreal, | | | on the Pp. i-ix, 11-408, map, 8^ river St, Laurence, through | the Linguistics as under titles above, pp. 133-135, | coutiuent of North America, to 365. | the | Frozen and Pacific oceans in Copies seen : British Museum. ; | the years 1789 and 1793. With a | preliminary Montreal, on the from | Voyages | | account ofthe rise, progress, | and pres- Laurence, through the river St. | | ent state of the fur trade of that | America, I I of North to the continent | | country. Illustrated | with a general | Frozen and Pacific oceans; | In the country. sir map ofthe | By Alexander 1793. With a prelim- Years 1789 and | ^lackenzie. rise, | of the progress, inary account | Philadelphia: pulilished hj- John trade I state of the fur and present | | of K. Carr, printer. 1802. Morgan. | | With original notes by that country. | 2 vols, in one: half-title verso blank 1 1. titli! Volney, Bougainville, and | Members of verso blank 1 1, dedication verso blank 1 1. pref. senate. Illustrated the French | with ace pp. i-viii, text pp. i-cxxvi, 1-113; 115-392, maps. By Alexander Mackenzie, esq. map, 8°. I Linguistics as in the London edition of Vol. I [-11]. isol I I titled above, pp. cxiii-cxxvi, 216. I.,()ndon: printed for T. Cadell, jun. | Copies .seen : G

62 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Mackenzie (A.) — ('oiitiinuMl. Mackenzie (A.) — Continued. verso blank 1 1. tlef- nary account of the rise, progress, | and are vii-xiv, text pj). I-L'8-4. contents pp. 285- pp. present state of tlie fur trade | | of ( 290; half-title ver.so blank 1 1. title (varyinf? that country. Illuslrated with | maps .Sdinewliat in ]iunrtiiation from tliat of vol. 1) and a portrait of tlie author. sir | By ver.so Ijlank 1 1. text ]>p. 5-310 (wrongly mini' 313- Alexander Mackenzie. Vol. I [-II]. bered 210), notes pj). lill-312, appendix pp. | | 325, contents ]ip. 320-332, maps, 8°. New-York: published l»y W. B.Gil- | Liugni.stic contents as in the first edition ley. 1814. I titled above, vol. 1, pp, 158-162, vol. 2, pp. 148- 2 vols. : 3 ]). II. pj). i-viii, i-exxvi, 1-113; 1 1. HO. pp. 115-392,8°. Cojiies seen : Congicss, (Geological Survey. Linguistic contents as under i)revious titles, Clarke it co. 188(), priced a copy, no. 4050, $3.50. vol. 1, pp. cxxiii-cxxvi, 247.

Frozen and Pacific oceans ; in the years : he emigrated to Can.ida. In June, 1789, he set 178!) 1793. Preliminary and | With a out on his expedition. At the western end of Account of the rise, progress, and I Great Slave Lake ho entered a liver, to which present state of the fur trade that he gave his name, and explored it until July 12, | of | country. Illustrated with a map. when he reached the Arctic Ocean. He then | | By returned to Fort Chippewyan, where he arrived Alexander Mackenzie, esq. Third | on September 27. In October, 1792, he under- American edition. | took a more haz.ardous expedition to the west- New- York: jiublished by Evert | ern coast of North America, and succeeded in Duyekiuck, bookseller. Lewis Nichols, reaching Cape Menzies, on the Pacitic Ocean. He printer. 1803. returned to England in 1801 and was knighted | the following yc.ixv.—Appleton's Cyclop, of Am. Title verso blank 1 1. dedication verso blank BUxj. 1 1. preface pp. v-viii, text pp. 9-437, 16°. (John). Notes of a twenty- Linguistic contents as in previous editions M'Lean | | titled above, 110, 314. service in the Hudson's pp. live years' | | Copiegseeii: Congress. territory. John M'Lean. In bay | By | Tableau historiqne et politique Vol. I [-II]. | two volumes. | | |

dn commerce des pelleteries le : j Bentley, Bur- | dans London Eichard new Canada, dciiuis 1(508 jusqu'a uos jours. street, Publisher in Ordinary lington | Contenant lieaucoup de details sur to Majesty. 1819. Her | I

les nations sauvages qui 2 vols.: half-title verso printer 1 1. title verso | I'habiteut, et sur les vastes contrees qui sont blank 1 1. preface (dated l.st March, 1849) pp. v- y | viii, contents pp. ix-xii, text 13-308; title coutigues; Avec tin Vocabtihiire j^p. | de la verso printer 1 1. contents pp. iii-vii, text pp. 9- langue de plusieurs peuples de ces | 328,12°. vastes contr6os. Par | Alexandre Mac- Vocabulary of llie ])rinripal Indian dialects

kenzie. Traduit de 1' Anglais, par .1. in n.so among the tiil)es in the Hudson's Bay I | Territory, Sauteu, or Ogibois, Cree, Beaver

Cast^^ra. ! Orn(5 du portrait de I'auteur. | Indian, and Chippewayan, in parallel columns, Paris, Dentu,Imprim.-Lib."',ruedu I about 130 words each, vol. 2, pp. 323-328. Pont-de-Lody, n." 3. D. | M. CCC. VII Cojm'n seen : Astor, Boston Athenannn, Brit- [1807]. ish Museum, Congress, Eames, National Mu- seum. Half-title 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1- Field sale, no. 1450,a half-morocco copy, 310, table des mati^res 1 unnumbered page, 8°. At the brought $3.75; at the Murphy sale, no. An extract from vol. 1 of the Paris edition of uncut, ],">58, defective copy, $1.50. 1802, titled above. a Linguistic contents as in i>revious editions, McLean (/nVr. John). American Indian pp. 304-310. literature. Cnpii'n seen : Congress. In Canadian Melliodist Mag. vol. 21, pp. 456- Leclerc, 1867, sold a copy, no. 920, for 4 fr. 463, Toronto, 1885, 8°. (Pilling.) priced by him, 1878, no. 756, 20 fr. A general account of the subject, including

Montreal, on the to .a of writers and works on | from | Voyages | references number

river >St. Laurence, through the tlie Athapascan. | | continent of North America, to the Indian languages and literature in | | I'rozeii Pai'itic oceans; in the Manitoba, North-west Territories and and | years 1789 and 1793. With a pn'limi- British Columbia. | ) )

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 63

McLean (J.) — Continued. McLean (J. ) — Continued. In Canadian Institute, Pnic. tliiid scrii's, m>1. Bloomingtoii, 111., in 1888. Besides tlie articles

a, pp. 215-218, Toronto. 18K8, 8\ which have appeared under his own name. Dr. Contains (1) list of languages in M:initol)a, McLean has writtt'ii extensively for the press Keewatin, anil Xo^th-^YC.'^t Tenitiiiics; (2) lan- under the noin de phime of Robin Rustler. He

giiasf's in Britisli Columbia; and (.'!) Ilio lan- isnow(Fcliruarj', 1892) stationed at Moose.Taw, gnaycs of wliiLli vocabularies and grammars Nortliwcst Territory, having left the Indian have been published, the authors and place of worlc in July, 1889. He has for several years publication, the latter containing a number of been insjieetor of schools, and is now a member references to the Athapascan. of the board of education and of the board of examiners for the Xorthwest Territory. their maiini'r.s and cus- The Indians | (Alexander H.) See toms. By John McLean, M. A. , Ph. D. M'Murray Murray I I Eighteen (A.H.) (Robin Rnstler.) | With I fnll-i>age Illustrations. Voealiiilary | M'Pherson (Mnrdoeh). of

: William Brigys, 78 80 Toronto | & the Chepewyan language.

Coates, Mon- In Richardson (J.), Arctic searching King street east. | C. W. expedi- Huestis, Halifax. 1889. tion, vol. 2, ]ip. 382-385, London, 1851, 8°. treal. S. F. | Contains aliout 100 words and the numerals Frontispiece 1 1. title verso copyright notice 1-300. 1 1. dedication verso blank 1 1. preface pp. vii- Reprinted in the later editions of the same viii, contents pp. ix-x, list of illustrations verso ; see (J work Richardson . blank 1 1. text pp. 13-351, 12°. Chapter vii, Indian languages and literature, M'Pherson ( .Un Murdoch). See Rich- 235-258. This consists first of a notice of tlie pp. ardson (.1. development of Indian languages from picture- writing through ideographic symliols to pho- Maisonneuve. This word following a title or in- netic signs classified in .alphabets. Then tlie cluded within parentheses after a note iiulicates field of literature in general devoted to the that a copy of the work referred to has been Indians is scanned, enumerating works of seen by the compiler in the bookstore of Mai- special interest to the student of philology, sonneuve et Cie., Paris, France. conimencing on p. 241. This includes titles of works in a number of American languages, Manual of devytion in the Beaver Indian among them the Tukudh. Indian syllabics dialect. See Bompas (W. C.) (Tukudh, Clierokee, Cree), pp. 251-253. Massachusetts Historical Society: These words Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell. following a title or Mithin parentheses after a Rev. John McLean was born in Kilmarnocli, note indicate that a copy of the work referred Ayrshire, Scotland, Oct. .30, 1852; came to Can- to has been seen by the compiler in the library ada in 1873, and was gradnaf<'d B. A. from Vic- of that society, Bosttn, Mass. toria University, Col)ourg, Ontario. Some years afterward his alma mater conferred on him the MattheAVS (Dr. Washington). A part of degree of M. A. In 1874 ho entered the ministry the Navajo's mythology. By W. Mat- of the Methodist church. In 1880, at Hamilton. thews. Ontario, he was ordained for special work In American Antiijuarian, vol. 5, })p. 207-224, the Blackfoot Indians, leaving in June among Chicago. 1883, 8f>. (Bureau of Ethnology.) for Fort MacLeod, Korthwest of the same year Contains many Navajo terms and names of Territory, accompanied by Iiis wif(>. At this mythic personages passim. point were gathered about 700 Blood Indians, Is.s'ued separately as follows : which number was subsequently increased l)y the arrival of Bloods and Blackfcet from ifcn- A Part of the Navajos' Mythology. | tana to 3, .500. Mr. McLean settled upon the the By W. Matthews. | From American reserve set apart for these Indians and dili- Antiquarian for April, 1883. gently set to work to master their language, [Chicago: 1883.] history, etc., and (m these subjects lie has published a number of articles in the magazines Half-title on cover as above, no inside title; and society publications. At the recjuest of the text pp. 1-18, 8°. anthropological comniittee of the British Asso- Linguifstic contents as under title next above.

ciation for the Advancement of Science, Dr. Copies seen : Pilling. McLean has for several years ])repared notes on [ ] A night with the Navajos. By the language, customs, and traditions of the Zay Elini. Blackfoot Confederacy, and tlie results of this labor are partly given in one of tlie reports of Ill Forest and Stream, vol. 23, pp. 282-283, the committee. Although luirdeiied with the New York, Nov. 6, 18H4, f.dio. (Bureau of Eth labors of a missionary, he found time to prepare a post graduate course in history and tonk tlie Contains a number if Navajo words with degree of Ph. D. at the Wesleyan University. meanings passim. : : :

64 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Matthews (W.) — Contiuiied. Matthews (W.) —Continued. Mythic dry-paintings of the Nav- prayer of The | a Navajo | shaman. ajos. Dr. Matthews. Dr. By W. I By Washington Matthews, | U. I In American Naturalist, vol. 19, pp. 931-939, S. army. the Anthro- | From American Philailflphi;!, 1885, 8°. (Consress.) pologist, Vol. I, No. 2, April, 1888. Contains a number of Xavajo terms and Washington, D. C. : .Judd &, Det- proper naincs passim. \ weiler, printers. 1888. Thi' origin of tlie Utes. A NaA^ajo | Cover title as above, title as above verso my til. blank 1 1. text pp. 5-26, plate, 8^. In American Antiquarian, vol.7, ])p. 271-274, Linguistics as under title next above, pji. 7- Chieago, 1885, 8^. (Bureau of Ethnolnjiy.) 19, 21-26. A number of Xavajo words and phra.ses. Copies seen : Pilling. Navajo names for phints. By Dr. W. Navajo gambling songs. By Dr. Matthews, U. S. A. AVashington Matthews, IT. S. army. In American Naturalist, vol. 20, pp. 767-777, In American Anthropologist, vol. 1-19, Philadelphia, 1886, 8°. (Pilling.) 2, p]). Many Navajo words with English meanings Washington, 1889, 8"^. (Pilling.) and explanations. Contains twenty-one short songs in Navajo, each followed by translation and notes. Some deities and demon.s of the Issued separately, also, without cliange, Navajos. By Dr. W. Matthews, U. S. (Pilling.) Army. Noqoilpi, the gambler: a Navajo In American vol. 841-850, Naturalist, 20. pp. myth. Philadelphia, 1886, 8°. In Journal of American Folk -Lore, vol. 2, pp. A number of Navajo words and names of 89-94, Boston and New York, 1889, 8°. (Pilling.) mythic personages, jf)ff««i?n. A number of Navajo terms, passim. The mountain chant: a Navajo cere- Issued separately, also, without eliange. mony. By Dr. Washington Matthews, (Pilling.) U. S. A. The gentile system of the Navajo In Bureau of Ethnology, Fifth Ann. Rept. Indians. pp. 379-467, Washington, 1891, royal 8°. (Pil- In Journal of American Folk-Lore, vol. 3, ling.) pp. 89-110, Boston and New York. 1890, 8°. (Pilling.) Original texts and translations of songs, pp. Listof the Navajo gentes withmeanings 455-467, contain twenty-two songs and prayers (51), in English, pp. 103-104.— Phratries pf the Nav- with literal and free translations into Eng- ajos (from Tall Chanter, and a second list from lish. —Numerous Navaj« terms, including local Bourke), p. 109.— Many Navajo terms and mythic names, passim. Capt. passim. Issued separatelj-, with title-page, as follows Issued separately, with title-page, as follow.s The mountain chant a | Navajo I gentile system of the NaA'ajo The | | ceremony Dr. | by | Washington Mat- Indians Washington Matthews, | by | thews, U. S. A. Extract from the fifth I M. D., LL. D. major and surgeon. annnal report of the Bnrean of ethnol- I States army Delivered as United | a ogy [Vignette] I | Lecture before the Anthropological Washington Government }

1. no inside title, contents pp. 381-382, illustra- Half-title on cover as above, no inside title; tions p. 383, text pp. 385-467, royal 8^. One text pp. 89-110, 80. hundred copies issued. Linguistic contents as under title next above.

Linguistic contents as under title next above. Copies seen : Pilling. Copies seen ; Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, [Texts, grammar, and dictiinKiry of Pilling. the Navajo language.] (') The prayer of a Navajo shaman. By ^Manuscript. Dr. Matthews, who is now Dr. Washington Matthews, U. S. A., (1892) stationed at Ft. Wingate, N. M., is col- Army medical mnsenm. lecting material for a monograph on the Navajo

In American Antliropologist, vol. 1, pp. 149- Indians. Concerning the linguistic portion he 170. Washington, 18S8, 8°. (Pilling.) wrote nie under date of Si'pteniber 22, 1891, as Tlie prayer in English (in 55 paragraphs), follows

with interlinear translation in Navajo, ]ip. ir>l- •' My work on the Nav.ijo language is grow- 103.- (ilossary (127 words), alphabetic by Nav ing, but it is in such a chaotic state as yet that

ajo words. )>i). 105-170. I can not give you a very satisfactory account

Issued separately, with title-page, as follows : of it. I have, I think, gramniatic material to ) )

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 65

Matthews (W.) — ContiniuMl. Matthews (W.) — Contiuued.

fill 200 or 250 printeil quarto pat;e.s, and I have Hemenway Southwestern Archadogical Expe-

about 10, 000 words in my diclionarj'. My cot dition. While in the Army Medical Museum lection of texts and tr:*islatinns —,soni;s, his time was largely devoted to somatological prayers, myths, rittials,etc. -wouhl foiiuajjood- studies, particular attention being given totlio aized volume of themselves. It will take time largo collection of crania and other human and leisure to put them in shape, however." bones in tli<^ museum, and he has written nn extensive illustrated nionograpli Dr. Washingtcm ^MatthiMvs was born in Kil- on "The Human Bones of tlie Hemenway Collection,'' liney, a suburb of Unblin, Ireland, July 17, which is yet uni>ublished. In 1890 he returned 184.'5. His mother dyinj;, his father emigrated to Mexico, where he still remains. to America while he was yet in his infancy, New nnfi, after extensive travel in America, settled Mescalero Apache. Sec Apache. first in Wisconsin, then a territory, and later in Iowa. He was gi-aduated in medicine at tlie Midnooski. Sec Ahtinne. medical department of the State TJniversitJi' of Mflhau ( />/•. John J. ) Vocabulary of the Iowa in tlie spring of 18»)4, and in 1888 received Umpciua Valley people, Oref^ou. the honorary degree of LL.II. from the same Manuscript, 3 unnumbered leaves, folio, university in recognition of his ])hilologic written on' both sides; in the library of tlie studies. In 1864 he entered the United States Bureau of Ethnology. Collected during service as an acting assistant surgeon, and No- vember, 1856. Recorded on one of the Smith- served as such until the close of the war. In sonian blanks of 170 words, equivalents of tlie the summer of ISfia he again entered the mili- whole number being given. tary service and has continued therein until the same library are two copies of tliis the present time, having been commissioned In vocabulary, both by Dr. Geo. Gibbs, in one of major and surgeon July 10, 1889 His service which (where he designates the language as has carried him over all the States and Terri- Hewut) he follows Dr. Milhau's spelling, in the tories west of the jSIissi8sip]ii and brought him other he uses an alphabetic notation of Iiis own. into contact with a majority of tlie tribes of third copy is in the same library, made l)j^ that extensive region. His first serious study A Dr. Roehrig for comparison with the Willopah of the Indians began wlien he ascended tlie vocaltulary of Dr. Gibbs. Ui)per Missouri in 1805. In the autumn of that year he went to Fort Berthold, Dakota, where Mimbreno Apache. See Apache. he came in contact with Arickarees, Hidatsas, Montagnais: and Mandans. He resided, with some inter- Bible history See Legoff (L.) ruptions, in the neighborhood of these three Catec h ism LegotF ( L . tribes for about six years, and gave special Catechism Perrault (C. O.) attention to their languages and ethnography. Catechism Tegreville (V. T.)

In the winter of 1870-71 his manuscripts and Dictionary Petitot (E. F. S. J.) notes on these tribes had assumed extensive Dictionary V^gr6ville (V. T.) proportions; but on the 28th of January, 1871, Grammar Legoft'(L.) his quarters at Fort Bufiord were destroyed by Grammar Tegreville (V. T.) Are, and all his notes and manuscripts, witli a Grammatic treati.se Petitot (E. F. S. J.) valuable collection of books of early travel and H;\-mns LegolF(L.) exiiloration on the upper Missouri, were con- Hymns Perrault (C. O. sumed. In 1872 he went east, and in 1873 pub- Praj-er book Legoff (L.) lished the Grammar and Dictionary of the Prayer book Perrault (C. O.) Language of the Hidatsa. From !N^ew York he Sermons LegotI(L.) went to California, prepared a second edition Songs V6gr6ville ( V. T.) of liis work, under the title of Etlinograpliy Syllabary Perrault (C. O.) and Philology of the Hidatsa Indians, which Ten commandments Legoff (L.) was issued from the Government Printing Text Legoff (L.) Office in 1877, and spent some five years in the Tribal names Petitot (E. F. S. J.) more remote parts of California and on cam- Vocabular.v Adam (L.) paigns against hostile Indians, in the course of Words Petitot (E. F. S. J.) which he traveled extensively through Neva

Washington city : ])ublishod by the two excursions into the Southwest in the pur- | suit of arcba-ologic and etiinographic investi- Smithsonian institution. 1871. |

gaticms—one in the interest of the Bureau of Colophon : Published by tlie Smithsonian in- Ethnology, the other in tlie interest stitution, city, 1870. of the Washington | June, I ATH 5 66 BIBLIOGKAPIIY OF THE

Morgan (L. 11.) — Coutiuued. Morice ( A. (J. ) — C'ontiimod. Title on cover as above, inside title ditTering 2 separate leaves, verso of the first one

from above in ini])riiit verso blank 1 1. adver- blank, 8°. tisement p. iii verso blank, preface; pp. v-ix On the first leaf is given the syllabary with

'" verso blank, contents i)p. xi-xii, text pp. 1-583, exijlanatory notes ; the second presents Some of the index i)p. 085-590, 14 ])lates, 4°. Advantages of the New Syllabary." See Also forms vol. 17 of Smitlisonian L'ontribii- the facsimiles on the three following pages.

tion.s to Knowledge. Such i.ssnes have no cover Copieg Keen : Eann^s, Pilling, Wellesley. title, but tlie general title of the serie.s and 6 [ ] A New Improved A Easy Alpha- other jirel. 11. preceding the inside title. I bet or Syllabary suj;ge.sted the Chapter v, Sj'stem of relationship of the | to family continued. Athapasco- " Cherokee mition " a Friend Ganowanian | By | and Apacho and other nations (pp. 230-253) includes earnest sympathizer. |

the following : A .'jhort comparative vocabulary Stuart's Lake Mission Print No. 9. (23 word.s) of the Slave Lake Indians (from Kennicott), Beaver Indians (from Kennicott), [1890.] 1 leaf, verso blank, 8^. Chepewyan, Dog Rib, and Kutchin (the three " The sounds and orthograj)hy of the above latter from Richardson), p. 232. are those of the System of consanguinity and affinity of the Cherokc^e Alphabet such as reproduced in Pilling"s Iroquoian Bibliograi)hy. Ganowanian family (pp. 291-382) includes the Should they be incomplete or defective, the new following, collected by Mr. Morgan : Hare In- Syllabary can easily be completed or corrected dians (Tii-nii'-tin-ne), lines 65; Red Knives (Tiil-sote'-e-na), lines 66. out of the Den6 Alphabet, from which it is Also the following; extracted."

Copies teen .- Eames, Pilling, Herdesty (W. L.), Relationships of the Kut- Wellesley. chin (u- Loucheux, lines 67. [ Preces Post ] | privatam Missam" Kennicott (R.), Relationships of the Slave recitandie. [One line syllabic charac- L;ik(^ Tndi;ins, lines 64. |

McDonald (R.). Relationships of the Tii-ktt- ters.] the, lines 68. [Stuart's Lake mission, B. C. 1890. J 8^. Copieg geen : Astor, British Musum, Bureau 1 leaf, verso blank, of Ethnology, Congress, Eames. Pilling, Trum- A jirayer in the D6ne language, syllabic bull. characters, followed by a prayer in Latin, roman At the Squier sale, no. 889, a copy sold for characters.

$5.50. Quaritch, no. 12425,* priced a copy 41. Copieg teen ; Eames, Pilling, "Wellesley.

Lewis H. Morgan was born in Aurora, Cayuga [Two lines syllabic characters.] | County, N. T., November 21, 1818. Ho was [Picture of the virgin and child.] graduated by Union College, Schenectady, in the | [Three lines syllabic characters.] class of 1840. Returning from college to Aurora, Mr. Morgan joined a secret .society composed of [Stuart's Lake mission, B. C. 1890.]

the young of Transliteration : Pe tcestlces oetsotoel6h men the village and known as the | Jezi Kli hwoeztli 6t hwotsoen Grand Order of the Iroquois. This had a great | 1890t nahwotizoet pel influence npon his future Hwol | Nakraztli et career and studies. | The order was instituted for sport and amuse- Molis ceyinla.

: ment, but its organization was modeled on the Translation "With paper one-learns | Jesus Christ was-bornthen since governmental system of the Six Natiou-s ; and, | chiefly under Mr. Morgan's direction and lead- "With-it 1890 times it-annually-revolved [year] there Stuart's-Lake | ership, the objects of the order were extended, | father Morice if not entirely changed, and its purposes made-it. improved. To become better acquainted with Title verso blank 1 1. text (entirely in the the social polity of the Indians, young Morgan DfinA language and in syllabic characters) pp. visited the aborigines remaining in New York, 3-32, sq. 16°. See the fac-similo of the title- a mere remnant, biit yet retaining to a great page on p. 70 of this bibliography. extent their ancient laws and customs; and he The first book printed in these characters. went 80 far as to be adopted as a member by the It is a sort of primer containing spelling and Senecas. Before the council of the order, in elementary reading lessons.

Copieg seen : Eames, Pilling, Wellesley. the years 1844, 1845, and 1846, he read :i series of papers on the Iroquois, which were published [Two lines syllabic characters.] under the nom, de plume of "Skenandoah." | [Oblate seal.] [Tliree lines sj'llabic Mr. Morgan died in Rochester, N. Y., Decem- | ber 17,1881. characters.] [Morice {Pere Adrieu Gabriel).] The [Stuart's Lake mission, B. C. 1890.]

Transliteration : Liekateshisyaz keiskcez. Nevr Methodical, Easy | I and Complete Jezi Kli hwceztli et hwotsa-n [Seal.] | |

Dene syllabary. . I Hwo 18901 nahwotizd-t ^t pel | Nakraztii | [Stuart's Lake miKsjou, J3. (J, 1«!)0. j Molis

The New Methodical, Easy and Complete DENE SYLLABARY.

I With A (E E I U rn^/i A (E E U

A CE &c. <] > [> [> A V ^^0^^ H < > > > A V Q G^ fO 10 ^9 Q 5 K < > > > A V Q e/ y9 \9 y9 9 s R < > > > A V W < > > > A V L

Hw < > > ^ /f^ V TD(i)CDD3nU Th a D D D Q O T G D D D Q O PBCnaDBDfiU

(1)

KG, Kr E 3 3 3 m UU X, Kh a B B B QQ 00

K, Kr a B B B DP CO V

(2) - N c J J) J) n u >

e. 3 3 ^ ^ U; c 68 BIBLIOGRAPHY ()F THE

SOME OF THE

Advantages of the New Syllabary.

I.— The direction of the curve or angle of each sign infallibly determines the natu're of the vowel added to the fundamental consonant of each syllable, and this direction is always perceived witliout the least eftbrt of the mind. In the Cree Alphabet such as given in Petitot's Grammairei'aisonnee, this direction ou which depends the vowel of the syllable is either difficult to discern or governed by no fixed rules. Thus, in that Syllabary, (^ points to the right, (3 to the left, ^ upwards, »-^ downwards, though the consonants expressed by these differently turned signs are all in connection loith the samk vowel a. Hen- ce confusion —with co-relative difficulty—for the mind of the pupil. II.— All the cognate sounds are rendered in the new syllables by similarly formed characters the general shape of which denotes the phonetic group to which they belong, while their intrinsic modifications determine the nature of the particular sound they represent. Thus the dentals are expressed by a single curve; the gutturals by a double curve; the soft sibilants by a curve with undulating extremities; the hard sibilants by a double curve with like extremities, etc. Therefore oiir 30 sets of letters are practically reduced to 9, viz.: <]CC[£C(2CC£- So that the pupil who has become familiar with these 9 signs may almost be said to have mastered the whole Alphabet; for another good point in its favor is that

III. — The modifications of each fundamental character take place internally and in conformity with logical and therefore easily learnt rules. To illustrate this remark, we will refer to the sign £. The student who already possesses the aforesaid 9 principal signs will recognize it at sight— through its double undulating curve—as a hard sibilant which, being affected by no modification, must be given the primary hissing sound Sa. Let us now insert therein the perpendicular line which, when used as an internal accretion to a sign, corres- ponds to the h of the Roman Alphabet (as in < hra, < hwa, Q tha, Q kha), and we obtain, g sha. Should we cross the end of its horizontal line, we will thereby add a t to that sign which will then become g tsha.ov cha. In like manner, g may be changed into g tsa which in its turn is liable to be tratisformed into Q isa. Q, ^, etc, may also become Q, S, etc. —This logic and consequent facility are sadly wanting in the old Syllabary which is made up of disconnected signs many of Avhich are differentiated only by addi- i\^ ^'<3 tional and cj;

ted to them when they are considered as mere accessories. This arbitrary- change of value joined to the fact that these modifying signs sometimes precede, sometimes follow, the main character must unavoidably confuse the mind

of the beginner and render the acquisition of reading unnecessarily difficult.

IV.— In our system, all the small signs (except o which, as its form indica-

tes, is zero when alone) are consonants without vowel^ and in no instance is any of them used in another capacity They have always the same value, and the

method and logic which we have noticed in the formation of the main or syllabic signs have also presided to the composition of those which are merely

consonantal. Thus the non-syllabic gutturals are expressed by vertical lines

(\ I v); the nasals by semicircles (> c «), &c. Note also the transformation of into orj, etc. S into $, sh\ z z, zh through the insertion of the i or modifying h of the large characters. —The old Alphabet not only lacks this method and resulting simplicity, but it would seem as if its inventor had purposedly con- trived to render its acquisition unduly difficult to the white student by giving

to s the value of I, to z that of g, to h that of/, etc.

V.— The new Syllabary is complete, while it is universally conceded that

the Crce Alphabet lacks about half a dozen sets of syllabic signs which are in- dispensable in such delicate languages as the Dene. Those who know the num- berless and most ridiculous contresens this scarcity leads to need no other reason to reject the whole system as practically worthless. Besides, in connection with none of its signs is there any provision for such important vowel sounds

as those of oe (French e muet) and u (oo, Fr. ou). Yet in several dialects (E chai-acterizes the present tense and e the past, while the distinction between o and u is no less essential.

VI.— Lastly, we claim for our Syllabary a greater synthesis which renders the writing shorter and, by avoiding the accumulation of non-syllabic signs, makes the reading easier. For instance, the Chippewayan woid intan-cliare,

"leaf" which with the old syllables cannot be written without three consecu- tive small signs (AnC'^'E.^) is simply [»G-S> with the new system. In conclusion, we may be permitted to state as illustrative of the practical worth of the new Syllabary that through it Indians of common intelligence h^ve learnt to read in one week's leasurcly study before they had any Primer or printed matter of any kind to help them on. We even know of a young man who performed the feat in the space of two evenings. 70 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

e3'D >zD I>^ AB>

At 1890T CA3r)

CSzD I>^

*-^ Bi '^D® >0>C;-''*^

^^^Si^Vl^Si^^*^Tsii?iPl?R-^?IPfpjpK^rpR^c-^

FACSIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF MORICE'S DENE PRIMER, ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 71

,4'> Bt>83Z' .^^^

B3 Q >zD E>^ AB>

At 1890T CA30

-CS^-E) O-^

FAC-SIMILE OF THE TITLE-PAGE OF MORICE'S DENE CATECHISM. ) —

72 BIBLIOG'RAPHY OF THE

Morice (A. G.) — CoutiniKMl. Morice (A. G.) — Contiuuod.

Translation : Tlie-little-oatechiam drawn-on Half-title (Le Petit Catecliisme et prieres) .Tesus-Christ (writU'il). I waxbnrn tlion sincp verso blank 1 I. title as above verso 1 1. | blank [Seal.] avertissemeut 5-6, text I pit. (Carrier and French, "With4t 1890-time.s itauimally-revolvbd usually on facing pages) 8-143, (half-titles at \ pp.

Stiiart's-Lako there t'atherMorice iiiade-it. 7, 51 95). table des 144, | ])p. and matieres p. sq.

Title as above verso blank 1 1. tettt (entirely 16°.

in the Dene language and in syllabic charac- On each page of the work are given foot-not e.s

ters) ])]>. 8-18, sq. 16°. See the fac-siniile of the explanatory of peculiarities in the Carrier text

title-page on p. 71 of this bibliography. ami of the translation.

Copies ieen : Eanies, Pilling, Wellesley. (Jatechism, pp. 7-49.—Prayers for the morn- Some copies of this catechism differ in colla- ing, pp. 52-69. —Prayer for the evening, pp. 70-

tion : Title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 41- 73.—Divers prayers (pp. 74-93); Prayer on 5(i. The author informs mo that an edition of arising, p. 74. — Prayer on retiring, p. 75. —The .'iOO of those was printed 'to form part of a mysteries of the rosary, pp. 70-79.—Salve, 'Kecueil de I'rieres' which I am Jiot yet pre- Regina, p. 80. —Prayerto St. Josejth, pp. 81-83. pared to pui)lish." (Eames, Pilling, Shea.) Prayer for the dead, p. 84.—Acts for the benediction of the holy sacrament, pp. 85-93, verso a The western D(Su68—their mauuers note in French by the author. —Cantiques (pp. and customs. By the Eev. Father A. 96-143) : To the sacred eucharist, pp. 96-103.— G. Morice, O. M. I., Stuart's Lake, B. C. To the Holy Spirit, p. 104.—To the Holy Virgin, In Canadian lust. Proc. third series, vol. 7 pp. 105-112.— To St. Jo,sepli, pp. 113-115.—To 8°. (whole no. vol. 25), pp. 109-17-1, Toronto, 1890, the Holy Angels, i>p. 116-117. — For various (Bureau of Etlinology, Pilling, Wellesley.) occasions, pp. 118-143.

Classification of the Dene tribes, p. 113.— Copies seen .- Eames, Pilling, Powell. D6ne songs with music, 156-157. — Apologue [Toustkes-Nahwoelnoek, or Carrier lines) the language of the Carrier In- (three iu Review. dians (" written with the new signs" with Stuart's Lake, 1S!»1.] interlinear transliteration and followed bj' Pp. 9-32, 8°. English translation), p. 166. —Remarks on tlie language of the western D6nes, pp. 166-167. An eight-page periodical, j)riuted entirely in the Den6 syllabic characters invented by P6re The D6u6 languages. Considered in Morice. At this writing (January, 1892) but Themselves and Incidentally iu their three numbers have been issued — those for Relatk)us to Non-American Idioms. October, November, and December, 1891. No. 1 begins with page 9, tlie ju-eceding pages being By the Rev. Father A. G. Morice, O. M. I. held, I presume, for the preliminary matter Bi Canadian Inst. Trans, vol. 1, pp. 170-212. relating to the volume. Toronto, 1891, 8°. (Pilling.) The conteuts are of a varied nature-the first Introduction, pp. 170-171. — Phonetics and number, for example, containing: Indian or graphic signs (pp. 172-175) includes " the new local names, p. 9. —News from below [i. e. from methodical easy and complete D6n6 .syllabary-i" the colonized portion of British Columbia], p. p. 175.—General characteristics of the Dfne 9. —News from the New World, p. 10; from the languages, pp. 176-181. — The nouns; their vari- Old World, p. 10.— Scripture text, p. 11.— Life eties and inflections, pp. 181-184. —The adjec- of St. Athanasius, p. 11. —Bible questions and tives and the pronouns, pp. 185-189.—The sim- answers, p. 12. —Letter from the bishop, p. 12. ple or primary verbs, pp. 189-195. —The com- A picture and its explanation, p. 13. —Concern- posite verbs, pp. 195-200. —Varieties of verbs, ing the Review, p. 13.— A story, pp. 14-15. pp. 200-204.—Miscellaneous notes, pp. 204-212. Hymns, p. 15. —Useful information, etc., p. 16. Issued .separately witli half-title (The Dene Copiem seen: Pilling, Powell. languages), on the verso of which begins the

[ Dictiouuaire | de la text, piiged as in the original article, 170-212. ] Langue | (Balnes, G.atschet, Pilling, Powell.) Mission lac William. Chilkohtiue. 1 | du into It has also been* translated French and Avril 1884. ( I * is in course of ])ublication in the Missions de la Manusaript; title verso blank 1 1. text pp. Missionnaires Oblats de Congregation des 1-170, double columns, 8°. Paris. Mario Immaculee, Contains about 5,000 words, which need re«irrangement and retranscription. It lias jietit catechisme al'usage des Le | | I been prepared for jtublication as far as the let- porteiirs Traduc- sauvages | Texte & ter F. tion avec Notes suivi des prieres | du | [ ] Pe Kuti-Nitsil-in puigeuni ge et -soir Par le P. Morice, I I matin | du | R. yats^lthik. [1884.] {') O.M.J. [Two lines quotation] I | Literal translation: With | Above-Chief Stuart Mission du lac | 1891 | his-word after one-speaks. God] | I

Colophon: Typographic tie laMissioii du Lac Manuscript; ])p. 1-42, 12°.

Stuart. No. 10. ( "outains 5 sermons in (Jhilkohtiu. — —

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 73

Morice (A. G.) — Contiimod. Morice (A. G.) — Continued.

Dictiouuaire Des V»^ibes la [ | | De Twelve Short Lives of the Saints. ] |

Porteur \t,\v le P. A. G. 1891. (*) Langue \ R. | Manuscriid; 26 pages, 4°. Morice. I. Mission i). 1-128, double column, .small has ^-C only linished. piepared it for the use of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded in a copy of Powell's [ Grainiuair*^ Des Parties coujii- ] | Introduction to the studj'of Indian languages. n^ables Di8(M>iirs de la Langiie du |

Grammar | of Carrier Lan- | The Porteur. 1887. (*) guage With Notes Local Pecul- | On 8°. I Manuscript; J)]). 1-96, double column, broad iarities and Idiotisms By Rev. A. G. Contains four cliapters, subdivided into 19 |

articles and 1.32 rules. Morice, O.M.I. (*) Manuscript. 73 pages, broad 8°, begun in

[ Mauuel | contenant ] Du Sauvage | February, 1891, and yet unfinished; in posses- Prieres, IustrHction.s, Cantiques | Et I sion of its author, who tells me he has reached Cat^chisme. Mission Stuart | du Lac tlie chaptei- on | the pronoiui. 1888. (*) Are the Carrier Sociology and Manuscript; title verso blank, text pp. 1-120. Mythology indigenous or exotic? (*) lti°, in the Carrier language. Manuscrii)t, 30 })ages folio, recently prepared Contains: Part I. Morning and evening l>y its author for publication in the Transac- prayers, examination of con.scienee, acts before tions of the Royal Society of Canada. and after communion, acts and hymn for the Contents : Introductory — Ethnological — benediction and divers miscellaneous prayers. Sociological Carrier — sociology exotic ; general Part II. In.structions on confession and com- arguments—Carrier sociology exotic; proved munion and the reception of sacraments gener- by facts—Carrier mythology partially exotic ally. —Part III. 4r) hymns, all original. —Part Creation myths. IV. The short catechism of Christian doctrine. The manuscripts titled above are in the pos.scssion of their author, who hijs kindly [ ] YakoBstape" toestlops ra a?tata hok- furnished me information concerning them, as Avcen iiatscphwo'lna^k. [1889.] (*) also the notes from which I have compiled the Literal tranglation: Sky-on-sits [God] liis- foUowmg biograjdiic notice: paper after old-time about one-narrates. Father Morice was born on the 27th of Manuscript; pp. 1-55, 12°, being a free trans- August, 1859, at Saint-Mars-siir-Colmont, lation and adaptation of the book of Genesis. Franc«\ After the usual elementarj' studies at in the Carrier dialect. the Christian Brothers' school at Oisseau, roots Ky tlie Rev. his Den6 | Father A. where family had removed, he was sent, G. Morice, O. M. I. [l'890.] (*) when 13 years of age, to the Ecclesiastical Manuscript; 30 pages, folio. College at Mayenne, with a view to prepare Introduction. 13 pp. —Vocabulary of 370 Eng- himself for the priesthood. Feeling called to lish words which are roots in Den6, with their the foreign missions, he subsequently joined the Order of the Obla(es of equivalents in 17 or 18 Dene dialect.s, 17 pp. Mary Immaculate (O. M. I.) and made his final vows therein in Les Evangile.s Pour | tous les Octol)er, 1879. While still studying theology Fetes Dimancbcs Et | d'obligation | | and being as yet in minor orders, the famous Traduits le De I'Auu^e | | Par R. P. A. decrees of 1880 commanded the dispersion of the G. Morice, O. M. Mis,sion members of such religious orders as had not L | du Lac the official sanction of the French Government. Stuart 1890. (*) I Previous to the execution of these decrees he Manuscript; title ver.so blank 1 1. text 78 was sent by his superiors to British Columbia, page.*, note-paper size. where he arrived (m the 26th of July, 1880. Contains the selections from the gospels read At tlie completion of his theological studies and in Roman Catkolic churches on all Sundajs after he had le.arned a little of the English lan- anil feasts of obligation through the whole guage he was promoted to the priesthood. year, translated into the Carrier language. Julj' 2, 1882, and given cliarge of the Chilkotin In- [ Twelve Stories of adventure | in ] j dians, whose language he immediately pro- Carrier. 1890. (*) ceeded to learn. After two years of study ho Manuscript; 60 pages, note-paper size, being found himself able to preach to them witliout translations and adaptations of the most thrill- the aid of an interpreter. In 1885 he was sent to ing stories found in English periodicals and his ju'eseiit station, .Stuart's Lake, where he destined by the triinslator for publication in a re])eated —but with less difficulty, owing to the projected montlily review in tlie new syllables. grammatical affinity of the two languages—his See page 70 for title of the Review. linguistic studies in the dialect of the Carrier. : —

74 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

Grundriss dm- Miiller (F.) Continned. Miiller (Friedricb). | — |

SprachwiBsenscliaft vou D''. Fiicd- Die S])i'a(h('ii der A tli;y>asken- ( Tinnc-) und | | Kinai-Stiiiuiuc, 1)^4-192, treats of sounds, ricL Miiller Profes.sor[4fec.thive lines.] ])p. | loots, nouns, adjectives, pronouns, verbs, an(n\'vau. I'eau de lievre, Loiulieiix, I. Nachtriij^eznui Giiind- Tahkali, Abtheilung, | Tliitskaniti, Umkwa, Ajiatslie, Xavajo, I rissausden Jahren 1877-1887]. Hupa, and Kiiuii. | | Copiex seen : .^stor, British Museum, Bureau

Wienl876[-1888]. Alfred Holder | K. I of Etlnxdogy, Karnes, Watkins

cluding some Athapascan examples), vol. 2, Reprinted in the later editions of the same first part, second division (1882), pp. 181-183. work; see Richardson (J.)

Nabiltse : Navajo — Continued. General discussion See Gibbs (G.) Numerals See Tohnie (W. F.) and Vocabulary Anderson (A. C.) Dawson (G. JI.) Vocabulary Dorsey (J. O.) Prayer Matthews (W.) Vocaby of the work referred to has been Vocabulary Cushiiig (F. H.) seen by the compiler in the libniry of that insti- Vocabulary Davis (W. W. H.) tution, Washington, I). C. Vocabulary Donumech (E. II. D.)

Natsun kaotbet . . . Saint Mark . . . Vocabulary Eaton (J. H.) Tinnd. 8ee Kirkby (W. W.) Vocabulary (Jatschet (A. S.)

Navajo Vocabulary Loew (<».) Dictionary See Matthews (W.) Vocabulary Matthews (W.) General discussion Adelung (J. C.) and Vocabulary Nich(ds(A. S.) Vater (J. S.) Vocabulary Petitot (E. F.S.J.) General discussion Bancroft (H. H.) Vocabulary Pino (P. B.) General discussion Buschmann (J. C. E.) Vocabulary Powell (J. vr.) Gentes Matthews (W.) Vocabulary S

Grainmatic comments J'4';itherman (A.) Vocabulary Simjison (.1. II.)

Gi'ammatic comments Miiller (F.) Vocabulary Thiimpsou (A. 11.) Grammatic comments Wilson (K. F.) Vocabulary Turner (W. W.)

Numerals Beadle (.1. II.) Vocabulary Whipple (A. W.) Niuuerals (r.atscliet (A. S.) Vociibulary \Vlii|.i.le (W. D.)

Numerals IIaines(E. M ) Vocabulary Wilhird (C. N.) : ) ) )

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 75

Navajo — Continued. Numerals — Continued. Vocalmluiy See Wilson (E. F.) Cliippewyan See Kirkby (W. W.) AVonls Barreiro (A.) Chippewyan Miiller (F.) Words I)aa(L.K.) Chippewyan Pott (A. F.) Words Ellis (R.) Chippewyan Tobnie (W. F.) and Daw- Words Gat8cbet.(A.S.) -sou (G.M.) Words Latham (R. G.) Dog Rib Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- Words Matthews (W.) son (G.M.) Words Tolraie (W. F.) and Hupa Bancroft (H.H.) Dawson (G. M.) Hupa Gatschet (A. S.) Words Wilson (D.) Hupa Miiller (F.) Hupa Tcdmie (W. F.) and Daw- Nehawni son (G.M.) Vocabulary See Kennicott (R.) Kaiyuhkhotana Dall (W. H.) Vocabulary Roehrig (F. L. O.) Kenai Ellis (R.) Vocabulary Ross (R. B.) Kenai Erman (G. A.) New Improved &. Easy alphabet. See Kenai Miiller (F.) Morice (A. G.) Kutchiu Buschmann (J. C. E.) Kutchin I)all(W. H.) Methodical . . . Dene sylla- New Loucheux Miiller (F.) bary. See Morice (A. G. Nava,io Beadle (,T. H.) Navajo Gatschet (A. S.) Nichols (A. Sidney). Vocabulary of the Nava.jo Haines (E.M.) Navajo langua<;e. Nava.jo Miiller (F.) Manuscript, 10 unnumbered leaves, 4°, in the Navajo Tolmie (W. F.)and Daw library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected son (G. M.) in New Mexico, ]8G7-1S()8. Peau de Li^vre Miiller (F.) Recorded on one of the blank forms (no. 170) Slave Ellis (R.) of tlu>, Smithsonian Institution, issued to col- Sussee Sullivan (T. W.) lectors, and containing 211 words. Of these, Taculli Ellis (R.) equivalents are given in about 180 cases. Taculli Harmon (D.W.) Northern Indians. See Athapascan. Taculli Miiller (F.) Taculli Pott (A. F.) Nulato Inkalik. See Inkalik. Taculli Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- Numerals: son (G.M.) See Allen (H. T.) Ahtinn6 Tahlewah Bancroft (H. H.) Dall(W. H.) Aht,iun6 Tahlewah Ellis (R.) Ellis Ahtinne (R.) Tahlewah Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- Apache Allen (H. T.) sou (G.M.) Apache Bancroft (H. H.) Tlnn6 Campbell (J.) Cremony (J. C.) Apache Tlatskenai Ellis (R.) Dugan(T.B.) Apache Tlatskenai Miiller (F.) Apache Gatschet (A. S.) TJgalenzen Dall(W.H.) Haines (E.M.) Apache TTuipkwa Duflot de Mofras (E.) Apache Haldeman (S. S.) Umpkwa Miiller (F.) MUller (F.) Apache Umpkwa Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- Pimentel (F.) Apache ,son (G.M.) Apache Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- Dall ( W. Unakhotana H . son (G. M.) Wailakki Bancroft (H. H.) Buschmann (J. C. E.) Chippewyan AVailakki Tolmie (W. F.) and Daw- Chippewyan Classical. son (G.M.) Chippewyan Ellis (R.) JesuH Christ . . . Chippewyan Haines (E.M.) Nuwrheh kukwadhud Chippewyan James (E.) Tukudh. See McDonald (R.

O'Brian (— ). A Vocalmlary of Fort O'Brian ( — ) — Continued. Simpson Dog-Rib, l>y Mr. O'Brian, <»f River of the Mountains, and known to the Hudson's Bay Company. the voyager.s hy the name of "Mauvais In Richardson (J.), Arctic searching exjiedi- Monde," and of the Dog-rib dialect, tion, vol. 398, London, 1851, Ho. 2, p. drawn up by Mr. O'Brian, of tlie Hud- Contains about 75 words. son's Bay Company's service. Rejirinted in the later editions of tlie same

work: sei' Richardson (.T.) In Richardson (J.), Arctic seardiing expe-

Vocabulary of the ]anj;iia,<;e of a dition, v9-400, Londrm. 1851, 8°.

tribe dwelliu''' lu^ar tht^ sources of tlie Contains alHiiit 50 words in eacli dialect. ) —

76 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

O'Brian ( ) — Continued. Our Forest Children. Vol. 1. — | 1, No. Itniiriutptl in the later eilitioiis of tlic .same Shingwauk Home. Fehruary, 1887 work; set! Richardson (T.) [-Vol. IV. No. 6. Se])teml)er, 1890]. Ochikthud t'ttuut'Me [Tukudh]. See Edited by Kev. E. F. "VVilsou and publislied | monthly at the Shingwauk Home, Sault Ste. McDonald (K.) Marie, Ontario; sm. 4°. No. 10 of vol. 1 is a Berra (Manuel), (ieografia ile Orozco y "Christmas number.'' In 1888 :i "Summer las leuguas carta etnogrftfica tie number'' ;ii)pe:ired, no. 4 of vol. 2; also a | | | y 10" Mexico precedidas de uu ensayo de '•Christmas number," "no. of vol. 2, I although tlie next issue Is luunbered 10 also. clasificacion de las niisuias lenguas | y Tliese sjiecial issues are larger tlian the regular de apuntes para las inmigracioues de ones, and illustrated. The regular issues con- las trihus ]>or el lie. | Manuel Orozco | sisted of 2 11. or 4 ])p. each until no. 3 of vol. 3 Berra [Five lines quotation] [De- (for June. 1889), when the periodical was made a y | | sign.] 16-page illustrated monthly. The first seven I n umbers of vol. 1 were in size about 6 by 9 Mexico iniprenta de J. M. Andrade I inches and were unpaged: with no. 8 the size y F. Escalante [C]alle de Til)urcio ) was increased to about 8 by 10 inches, and the num. 19 1864 I pages numbered, each issue being p.aged inde- Half-title verso blank 1 1. title verso blank 1 pendently (1-4) until the beginning of vol.2, from 1. (lediciition verso blank 1 1. introduction pp. which a single pagination continues (excepting vii-xiv, half-title (priniera parte) verso blank 1 nos. 4 and 10) to no. 1 of vol. 3 (pp. 1-18), the 1. text, pp. 3-387, index pp. 389-392. map, folio. next no. being paged 5-8. 'No. 3 of vol. 3 (June, Chapter viii, Familia apache o yavipai, jiii. 1889) begins a new series and a new and con- 40-41, refers to the Yuman.— Section viii of tinnous pagination (pp. 1-256), each i.ssue since chapter xii, ramilia apache, p. 59, refers both then having 16 pp. 4°, and being provided with to the Athap.ascan and Yiiman. —Chapter xxv, a cover. The last issue—that for September,

Ajiaches. i)p. 368-387, is a general discussion on 1890—says: "As has already been announced, the geographic distribution of the.se peoples this is tlie 1,1st issue of 'Our Foresr Childi'en.' and includes the Tontos, Chiricaguis, Gileuos, Next month, Octr)bei-, will appear tlie first num-

Mimbreiios. Faraones, Mescalero.s, Llaneros, ber of the 'Canadian Indian.' " [7. >'.] Lipanes, Navajos, Chemegue [Shosbonean], Seeve (W. B.), The Chii)ewyan Indians, vol.

Yuta [Shosbonean], Muca Oraive [Shosbo- 2, pp. 6-7. nean], and the Toboao ("lengua perdida"). Wilson (E.F.), The Sarsee Indians, vol.3,

Copies seen : Bancroft, Boston Athenaeum. pp. 97-102. Boston Publico Brinton. British Museum, Con- The Navajo Indians, vol. 3. pp. 113-117. gress, Eames. Watkinson. Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Wellesley.

Palliser {('apt. John). Exploration. Palliser (J.) — Continued. British North America. The journals, Printed cover as above, title as above | | (omitting the price) verso blank 1 1. text detailed reports, and observations rel- pp. | 3-325, colophon 1 p. folio. ative to the exploration, l>y captain | I Sullivan (J. 'W.). Vocabularies of the North- Palliser, of that portion of British | | west Indians, pj). 207-216.

North America, -w-hich, in latitude, Copies .seen : Bosttm | | Ath.-niBum, Geological lies between the British l)oundary line Survey. and the height of land or Priced by I)ufoss6, P.ari.s, 1887, no. 24911, 12 fr. | watershed of the northern or frozen | ocean respec- Packard (Robert Ijawreuce). Termsof re- tively, and in longittide, 1»etween I I lationship used by the Navajo Indians. the western shore of lake .Superior and Manuscript, 4 leaves, folio, in the library of the Pacific ocean, During the Years the Bureau of Ethnology, (^'ollected at the | I 1857, 18r.8, 1859, ISfiO. I'resented to Navajo Reservation, New Mexico, in 18S1. This and | both Houses of Parliament by Command manuscript b.as been corrected and sui)](le- mented by Dr. "Washington Matthews, Foit of Her Majesty, 19th 1863. | May | Wingate, N. Mex. [English arms.] | (Dr. Vocabulary London: printed by George Edward Palmer Edward). of | tht^ Pinella and Ariva Apache language. Eyn^ ami William Spottiswoode, print- | Manuscript; 5 unnumbered pages, 4'^, in the ers to the ([ueen's most excellent maj- library of the Bureau of Ethnology. It bears esty. For her majesty's stationery of- I the .Smithsonian Institution receipt .stamp of

fice. 1863. (Price3«. 6rf. Dec. 24, 1867. I I : — —

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 77

(E.) — Contiuucil. (C. Palmer Perrault O.) ——Continued. C'lintaiu.s t\w 180 words iulopU'd by thl^ Suiilli- Prayers, pp. 1-17. "Way of the cross, pp. 18-

sonian Institution as a standard vocabulary. 40. —Alphabet [syllabary], ]). 41. —Hymns (nos. Arranged four columns to the page, two of 1-38), pp. 43-117.- Catechisme, pj). 119-174. English and two of Apache. Cojrics seen: Eames, O'Callaghan, Pilling,

There is a copy of this vocabulary in t he Shea. same library, made bj' its compiler; 6 unnum- The copies of this work belonging to Mr. bered lea\es, folio, written on one side only. Wilberforce Eames and myself differ from the Peau de Lidvre other two. They lack the six preliminary

Diet ionary See Petitot (E. F. S. ,J.) leaves paged i-xi; and following page 179 are (irammatic comments ^tiiller (F.) pages 145-180 (signatures 9 in twelve and 10 in

( Jrannuatic treatise I'etitot (E. F. S. J.) six). Page 145 is headed " Exjilications de Legends Petitot (E. F. S. J.) quelques Images propres a linstruction des Relationships Morgan (L. H.) Montagnais," embracing hymns nos. 1-13 in Text Promissiones. syllabic (diaracters,with headings in French, in Vocabulary Kennicott (R.) italics. These copies are in the original bind- Vocabulary PetitoKE. F.S.J.) ing and seem to be as issued from the press. Vocabiilary Roehrig (F. L. O.) It is probable that the copies of this kind are "Words Charencey (C. F. H.d.) of the earlier issue. The first sheet is com-

"Words Petitot (E. F. S. J.) plete ; the title-leaf is coniu'cted with leaf paged

[Pei-raiilt (Charles Ovide).] L. J. C. & 23-24 ; the sec(md leaf with leaf jmged 21-22,

cember, 1889 (no. 36739), 10 fr. ; and another in Title verso approbation of t Alexandre, Evo- June, 1890 (no. 40911), at the same figure. que de St. Boniface, O. M. T. 1 1. text pp. 3-144, 18°. Petitot [rere f'niile Fortun6 Stanislas Prayers, etc., pp. :j-46. —Syllabary, p. 47. Joseph). Etude snr la nation luonta- Oantiques (22), pp.49-92.—Catcchism.pp. 93-144. le P. Petitot de la Con- Title from Dr. J. H. Trumbull from copy in gnaise par R. his possession. Referring to the note tinder the gregation des Oblats de Marie Ininia- next succeeding title, descriptive of the addi- culde. tion of pp. 145-180, he says: "My copy is in In Les Missions Catholicjues, vol. 1, pp. 129-

the original binding, fresh and unused, and is 216; vol. 2, pp. 1-64, Lyon, 1868-1869, folio. evidently complete as issued." (PiUing.) List of names of divisions of the Athapascan [ ] L. J. C. & M. J. Prieres, | cau- I with English signification, vol. 1, j». tiqiieset catechisme en langiie Mon- family, | | 136.—Langue montagnaise (general discussion), tagnai.se on Chipeweyan. [One line | pp. 159-160.— List of words showing affinities syllaliic characters.] [Oblate seal.] | 215-216. | in various Athapascan languages, pp.

: Louis Moutr

Eveqne de St. Boniftice, 0. M. 1. 1 1. " quelques passim. notes " signed Chs. dvide Perrault pp. i-xi, Issued separately : Paris, A. Hennuyer et fila, text in syllabic characters with French head- Paris, 1868, 63 pp. 12°. (*) ings in italics ijp. 3-174, table des cantiques D^n6 Diudjies. lines Montagnais in syllabic charac- (alternate In Congres Int. des Americanistes, Compte- ters and French in italics) pp. 175-179, 18°. Sig- rendu, premiere session, vol. 2, pp. 13-37, Nancy natures alternately in twelves and sixes. See et Paris, 1875, 8°. (Eames, Pilling.) the fac-simile of the sjUabary, 78. i>. Comparison of Dene-Dindjieterms with those In the preliminary ' notes " the author in- of various other languages, pp. 13-15. —Com- letter, Messieurs les Redactours cludes a "A parative table Nava,jo, Den6 (different dialects), Pays," which contains the alphabet [sylla- du and Dindjie, pp. 20-21. bary], p. iv, and an "exemple" of the charac- en pierre et en os ters with transliteration and translation into Outils du Mac- French, p. v. Also a " Lettre de Monseigneur Kenzie (cercle polaire arctique). Faraud, Eveque d'Anemonr, a Chs. O. Per- In Materiaux pour Phistoire primitive et rault, Ecr., Avocat de Montreal," pp. vii-x, naturelle de I'homme, pp. 3G8-405, Toulouse, giving examples and explanations of the syl- 1875, 8°. (Pilling.) labic characters " que nous employons pour les Contains a number of Chippewyan and Eski- langues sauvages." mauan names of implements passim. 78 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE

41 ALPHABET.

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 79

Petitot (E. F. S. J.) — C'ontiiuud. Petitot (E. F. S. J.) — Continued. laiigiic Di-iic- d'Acadt'^mic, Mcnil)re correspondant Uictioiuiiiirc de la | | | de la. Soci6te Montagiiais ou do FAcademio de Nancy, | Diiuljid dialectes | I ct ^Icuiliro lionoraire Clii]>i)6wayau, Peaux de Licivrc ft d'Authropologie | renfenuaiit en outre uu do la Socicto de Pliilologie et d'Eth- LoncUiMix | I uouibrc de termes pro}ircs a sei>t uographie do Paris. yrand | cditeur li- lucnie Paris Ernest Leroux, | aiitros dialectes de la laugue I | braire de la societd Asiaticj^uc de Paris, }>r6cedd d'unc moiiograpliie des Dcue- | | Dindjie d'uue graniiuaire ct de ta- do I'ecole des langues orieutalcs vi- | bleaux synoptiques des conjugai.sou.s vantes et des societes Asiatiques do | le Petitot Missionnaire- Calcutta, de New-Haven (fitats- par R. P. E. | I I (Chine) 28, rue Oblat de Marie Immaculce, Officier Unis), de Shanghai | 28 1876 d'Acadomie, Meuibre correispoudant de Bonaparte, | verso printer de Nancy, de la Socidt6 Cover title as above, half-title TAcadeuiie | 1 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-109, d'Authropologie et Jleiubre hoiioraire list of publications 1 1. 8°. de la Soci6te de Pliilologie de Paris. 1-0. | General discussion on language, pp. [Two lines quotation.] [Design.] General discussion of the Athapascan lan- | | I'aris Ernest Leroux, editeiir guages (pp. 7-22) includes a short comparative | I vocabulary, French, Latin, Montagnais, Peaux lil)raire des societds Asiatiques de deLievro, and Loucheux. p. l(i.— A

(Kollouches, lies Charlottes) , Tonguas (Kol- Voltaire, 1.5 San Francisco, A.-L. Ban- | loucbes, Alaska), Yukultas (Tetes-Longues, croft and C". 1876 I Colombie britanni(iue), "Wakish (Tetes-Plates, Cover title as above, omittiug the de-sijin, Oregon), Dnaiue (Atnans, Alaska), Dindji6 au(l with the addition of five Hues at the be- (Mackenzie), and D^ne (Territoire du No.-O.), (Bibliotheqiio linguistique et giuniug | do | ji. 105.—Also scattered idirases and terms with Ipb. d'ethii(>grai)hioamericaines | Publico par A .significations. II), half-title verso notes 1 L. Pinart | Volume CopUssecn: Astor, Brinton, Eanies, Pilling. 1. title as above verso blank 1 1. dedication Six 16gendes amdricaiucs identitices a verso blank 1 1. preface pp.vii-ix, avant-propos et pouple liebreu. pp. xi-xviii, monographie des Dene-Dindjie I'histoire de Moise du pp. xix-xxvi, essai sur I'origine des Dene- InLesMis.siousCatholi

Co2)ies seen: Astor, Bancroft, ('ongress. femme au metal . . . choz les Denes (par- Pilling, Wellcsley. allel columns French and Done), pp. 41^6. Fifty copies were issued " sur papier de Hol- — On the Athabasca District of the " lande extra," at 17.5 fr. ; 150 copies sur papier Canadian North-west Territory. By fort,"atl25 fr.; and 150 copies "sur papier ordi- the Rev. fiinile Petitot. naire," for the use of the Mackenzie mis.sion. . In lloyal Geog. Soc. Proc. vol. 5, pp. 633-655, Denfe-Dindjii- des | Monographic | | Loudon, 1883, 8'^. (Pilling.) le r. E. Petitot Missionnaire- par p. | I Contains a number of geographic, tril.)ftl, asd Q])l^t de Marie-ImmaQul^e, Officier personal names. :

80 BlliLIOCKAPHY OF THE

Petitot (E. F. S. J.) — Contiimt'd. Petitot ( E. F. 8. J. ) — Continued. Maisonneuve freres et Cliarles De lii foniiatiou dii liing;i

copulative. title as above verso blank 1 1. dedication ver.so

In Association fran^'aisc pour ravanctmiciit blank 1 1. introduction pp. i-xvii, remaniuo p. (Ics sciences, coniple-rendii, 12th session (llouen, [xviii], text pp. 1-507, index et concordance pp. 1883), pp. 1)97-701, Paris, 1884, 8°. (Geolosioal 509-514, table desm.itieres pp. 515-521, ouvrages

Snrvey, rilling.) du memo auteur 1 1. colophon verso blank 1 1.

Contains examples in a number of North list of the series verso blank \ 1. 16<^. Forms American languages, among them the D6n6 vol.23 of "Les litteratures jxipulairesde toutes Atnan, and Dindjie. les nations." La femme an seri)ent. Legeude des Deuxieme ])artie. Legendes et traditions des Dindjie ou Loucheux (])p. 13-102), besides D<5iic CbippewayauH. many terms jiaxsirn, contains : Texte et traduc- In Melusine, Revue de Mythologie, littera- tion litterale de la premiere 16gende [inter ture popnlaire. traditions et usages, vol. 2, no. linear I, pp. 95-100. —Heros et divinit^s des 1, columns 1!)-21, Taris. April 5, 1884, 4^. Dindjie, j.p. 101-102. (Gatschet.) Troisifeme partie, L6gendes et traditions The legend is first given in French, with the desT)en6Peaux-de-Li6vre (pp. 103-306), besides " Texte original du conte chippewayau" fol- many terms imssini, includes : Texte et traduc- lowing. tion litterale [interlinear of a legend], pp. 302- On the Atliapasca district of tbe 303. —Liste des heros, des divinit^s et dea CauadiauNorth-^- est Territory. By the monstres Peaux-de-Lifevre, pj). 304-306. Kev. fimile Petitot. Quatrieme jtartie, Legendes et traditions des Dune,Flancs-do-Chiens et Esclaves 307- In Montreal Nat. Hist. Soc. Record of Nat. (pp. 344), besides native terms passim, contains: Hist, and Geology, pp. 27-5.'), Montreal, 1884, 4°. Texte et traduction litterale de la premiere Contains numerous names of rivers, lakes, legende, pp. 341-343. —Heros et divinites des etc., in Cliii>pewyan. Flancs-de-chiens, p. 344. Reprinted with the same title in : Montreal Cinquieme partie, Legendes des Den6 Nat. Hist. Soc. Canadian Record of Scienc<^ vol- Tchippewayan (pp. 345-442), besides many 1, pp. 27-52, Montreal, 1884, 8°. native words ^laStSiw, includes: Texte et tra- This latter magazine took the place of the duction litterale de la premiere legende, Record of Natural History and Geology above i)p. 437-440. —Heros et divinites des D6ne Tchii)pe- mentioned, only one number of that serial hav- wayan, pp. 441-442. ing been issued. Copies neen : Bureau of Ethnology, Fames, Parallcle des coutiuues et des croy- Gatschet, Pilling, Powell. ances de lafamille Caraibo-Esqiiimaiide The original texts of these traditions, with avec celles des peupbis Altaiques et literal translations, were subsequently pub- Piiniqiies. lished as follows Traditions indiennes du Canada In Association fraucaise pour lavancenient | | nord-ouest Textes origiuaux tra- des sciences, compte-rendu, 12th session (Rouen, | & 686-697, Paris, 1884, 8°. (Geological 1883), pp. duction litterale par ; Entile Petitot | | Survey, Pilling.) Ancien Missionnaire, Oflicier d' Acade- A number of Den^ words with French mean- mic, de la Societe de Philolo- Membre | ings ^a»«iw. gie, etc. [Two lines quotation] M^lauges americaius. Vocabuhiire I | E. Kcnaut-de Ijroise, Imp. Aleu^on | picgauiw. Deiixiciiie dialecte des Nin- Place d'Anncs, 5. 1888 et Lith. | nax oil Pieds-Noirs. Reciieilli jtar I In Societe Philologique, Actes, vols. 16 & 17 fimile F. 8. Petitot. (half-title 1 1. title as above 1 1.) pp. 169-614, Philologitjue, Actes, vol. In Societe 14, pp. Alenyon, 1888, 8°. (Fames, Wellealey.) 170-198, Alen9on, 1885, 8°. The whole work is in double coltunns, I'etit vocabulaire Sarcis, pp. 195-198. French and the native language. indienues dii Deuxifeme partie. Traditions (1-10) des Traditions | | Canada finiile Diniljie ou Loucheux (Bas-Mackeuzie, Ander- uord-onest par Petitot \ ancien | | et Montagncs-Rocheuses), 175-253. missionnaire [Design] son pp. | | Troisieme jjartie. Traditions (1-43) des Den6 Paris Maisonneuve freres et Ch. I Peaux-de-Lievre, pp. 255-414. —Observances et Leclerc quai Voltaire, 1886 | 25, 2[5] | superstitions (1-17), pp. 415-447.—Contes et Tons droits reserves notions physiques (1-16), pp. 448-463. I Colojihoa: Acheve d'imprimer le 19 Aoht (Juatrifeme partie, Traditions (1-9) des Dun6 1886 par G. Jacob imprimeur a Orleans pour des Flaucs-de-chieus, 465-503. I | i>i>. : : —

ATHAPASCAN LANGUAGES. 81